Home

VAMP 230, 245, 255 manual

1. Value Menu Submenu Description Eq nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of reactive energy E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of imported energy Ewrap x E DECIMAL COUNT Energy control E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported energy kWh Eq E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of exported reactive energy kvar E E E PULSE SIZES Pulse size of imported energy kWh Eq i E E PULSE SIZES Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E d E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported energy ms Eq E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of exported reactive energy ms E i E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported energy ms Eq E E PULSE DURATION Pulse duration of imported reactive energy ms E E E pulse TEST Test the exported energy pulse Eq E E pulse TEST Test the exported reactive energy E E E pulse TEST Test the imported energy Eq K E pulse TEST Test the imported reactive energy IL1 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL1 A IL2 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL2 A IL3 T PHASE CURRENTS Phase current IL3 A ILida T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL1 A IL2da T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL2 A IL3da T PHASE CURRENTS 15 min average for IL3 A Io ISYMMETRIC Primary value of zerosequence CURRENTS residual current
2. connections Terminal X1 left side No Symbol Description g 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 g 3 IL2 S1 Phase current L2 S1 g 5 ILa S Phase current L3 S1 Z nasen Residual current Io1 S1 7 g 2 to2isas Residual current 1o2 S1 3 11 Ua See Chapter 4 7 1 S 13 Ub See Chapter 4 7 13 I5 13 g 17 Uc See Chapter 4 7 7 B TO 19 amp Terminal X1 right side No Symbol Description a 3 2 IL1 S2 Phase current L1 S2 a L4 TL2 82 Phase current L2 S2 a a S IL3 S2 Phase current L3 S2 a l Io1 1A S2 Residual current Io1 S2 is a 10 Io0o2 5A S2 Residual current Io2 S2 12 Ua See Chapter 4 7 14 Ub See Chapter 4 7 S 14 46 18 18 Uc See Chapter 4 7 RA 18 o0 E 20 M VAP ie 282 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Terminal X2 No Symbol Description 1 1 a 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7 7 A4 Alarm relay 4 8 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 9 9 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 C
3. 0V 6 8 Z WOY 9 S M t g lt JIN g lt TINIM TI OJ OIN oO 91d sIda vid erd ziad Ta ASh Figure 8 1 2 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 245 with mA option en JAR ie 276 VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view The feeder and motor manager VAMP 245 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control connections Terminal X1 left side No Symbol Description g 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 1 3 T26D Phase current L2 S1 3 g 5 IL3SD Phase current L3 S1 gt 7 Iol 1A SD Residual current Io1 S1 T E 9 1o2 5A S1 Residual current Io2 S1 9 u ze nj g 13 13 Z 15 m g ip E 17 Uo dn Zero sequence voltage Uo dn if 19 191 amp Terminal X1 right side No Symbol Description a 3 2 IL1 S2 Phase current L1 S2 a L4 TL2 82 Phase current L2 S2 a 6 IL3 S2 Phase current L3 S2 8 Io1 1A S2 Residual current Io1 S2 is a 10 Io2 5A S2 Residual curre
4. Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 D120 option Symbol Description DI19 Digital input 19 W z R DI19 Digital a 19 DI20 Digital input 20 WL DI20 Digital input 20 SY wane S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector CS S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 279 8 Connections Technical description 8 1 Rear panel view VAMP 230 8 1 3 on an Jel S VS 20 S T MoI ES ETL 2S STI S TTI VOS0XAA sn IS VS 1601 IS VT MOT TS STI TS S11 TS TII XN Z z Su W901 L1 J3LOWJY INIO Yt OAO ON oloa
5. m VAP ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 21 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 1 Control functions The default display of the local panel is a single line diagram including relay identification Local Remote indication Auto reclose on off selection and selected analogue measurement values Please note that the operator password must be active in order to be able to control the objects Please refer to page 21 Opening access Toggling Local Remote control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the Local Remote object L or R squared by using the arrow keys 3 Push the ENTER key The L R dialog opens Select REMOTE to enable remote control and disable local control Select LOCAL to enable local control and disable remote control 4 Confirm the setting by pushing the ENTER key The Local Remote state will change Object control 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the object to control by using the arrow keys Please note that only controllable objects can be selected 3 Push the ENTER key A control dialog opens 4 Select the Open or Close command by using the UP and DOWN arrow keys 5 Confirm the operation by pushing the ENTER key The state of the object changes
6. Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value Jo2 according the parameter IoCalc Input below IoPeak Io2Peak Io gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Io gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value M VAP ie 82 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 14 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 30 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 30 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Input Tol X1 7 8 See chapter 8 To2 X1 9 10 IoCa
7. Parameter Value Unit Description Recorded Count Cumulative sag counter values Total 5 Cumulative sag time counter Count Cumulative swell counter Total Cumulative swell time counter Sag swell Date Date of the sag swell logs 1 4 Time Time stamp of the sag swell Type i Voltage inputs that had the sag swell Time s Duration of the sag swell Min1 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 167 3 4 Voltage sags and swells 3 Supporting functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Min2 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Min3 Un Minimum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Avel Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Ave2 Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Ave3 Un Average voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 Max1 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 1 Max2 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 2 Max3 Un Maximum voltage value during the sag swell in the input 3 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 4 ee JAR ie 168 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 5 Voltage interruptions 3 5 Volta
8. ee JAR ie 252 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 1 Substation feeder protection 7 7 1 Applications The following examples illustrate the versatile functions in different applications Substation feeder protection I vamp255app1 Figure 7 1 1 VAMP feeder and motor devices used in substation feeder protection The feeder device includes three phase overcurrent protection directional earth fault protection and fast arc protection At the incoming feeder the instantaneous stage I gt gt gt of the VAMP feeder devices is blocked with the start signal of the overcurrent stage This prevents the trip signal if the fault occurs on the outgoing feeder For the directional function of earth fault function the status information on off of the Petersen coil is routed to one of the digital inputs of the feeder device so that either Losing or Iocoso function is obtained The function Iosing is used in isolated networks and the function Iocosp is used in resistance or resonant earthed networks ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 253 7 2 Industrial feeder protection 7 Applications Technical description 7 2 Industrial feeder protection I vamp25Sapp2 Figure 7 2 1 VAMP feeder and motor devices used in cable protection of an industry plant network Directional earth fault pr
9. Arc sensor itself is polarity free M VAP ie 284 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 2 Auxiliary voltage 8 2 8 3 8 3 1 Auxiliary voltage The external auxiliary voltage Uaux standard 40 265 V ac dc or optional 18 36 Vdc for the terminal is connected to the terminals X3 17 18 NOTE When optional 18 36 Vdc power module is used the polarity is as follows X3 17 negative X3 18 positive Serial communication connectors The pin assignments of communication connectors including internal communication converters are presented in the following figures and tables Front panel connector Figure 8 38 1 1 Pin numbering of the front panel D9S connector Pin RS232 signal Not connected Rx in Tx out DTR out 8 V GND D Oo Bl oym rR DSR in activates this port and disables the X4 RS232 port 7 RTS in Internally connected to pin 8 8 CTS out Internally connected to pin 7 9 No connected NOTE DSR must be connected to DTR to activate the front panel connector and disable the rear panel X4 RS232 port The other port in the same X4 connector will not be disabled m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 285 8 3 Serial communication connectors 8 Connections Technical description 8 3 2 Rear panel connector X5 REMOTE
10. 46 l gt 50N 51N gt gt I gt l gt L gt I gt 81H 81L 8IL f gt lt f gt gt lt lt f lt f lt lt SONARC ATCly gt Arcl gt 50ARC Arcl gt 48 st 37 79 X2 16 X2 17 VA Va Z Z Z Z Z LZ LZ Z Z LZ Auto Reclose X2 18 7 matrix Autorecloser Blocking and output matrix a VAMP255blockDiagram Figure 8 7 1 1 Block diagram of VAMP 255 ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 299 8 7 Block diagrams 8 Connections Technical description X3 17 ad Protection functions Pa X4 X1 1 67 50 51 X5 X1 2 3 gt 3I gt Ra X1 3 gt LZ X1 5 X3 15 X3 12 X1 6 i gt 7 f X1 7 i 50N 51N Di X1 8 eo ele ra X1 9 eae n 7 f X1 10 81H 81L 81L mile X1 11 i f gt lt f lt x39 X1 12 t gt gt lt lt f lt lt va X3 11 i X3 10 X1 13 50NARC X2 13 X1 14 Arch gt A X2 14 A X2 15 X1 17 ArClo gt X2 10 X1 18 A xN 50ARC X2 12 Arcl gt X2 16 x6 1 LZ X2 17 X6 2 X2 18 X6 3 L gt X6 4 x6 5 37 X6 6 3 lt 79 X3 1 48
11. Z5 Tl ZS STI S TIL VO90XAA 6L Ll SL l LL N Y O T00 OO N EPen S VS 201 IS VT MOI TS ETI TS STI IS TTI Z z Su W907 GLD HLOWSY o0000 Lo 00 0 r X NIO MANNA E amp AQ OS INMI t O OIN OD AE Y OE D E V V U 5 A O J N DQ OSE VASO V O 9 ON IV ON IV NOD TV 91d sid vid erd siad TIA ASh Figure 8 1 2 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 245 ee JAR im 275 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 8 Connections Technical description 8 1 Rear panel view P en 6S VS 60 S VT AMOI Z5 ETI ES STI 2S TTI VO90XAA Is vs 1201 IS VT IOI Is T TS TI TS TTI JLOwWJY
12. X6 4 L1 Xe5L1 P X6 6 L2 X6 7 L2 a EPE a end es De ID ARC_option_block_diagram Figure 8 8 1 1 Block diagram of optional arc protection module 8 8 2 Optional DI19 DI20 Options X6 1DI19t DI X6 2 D119 X6 3DI 20 X6 4DI20 3 X6 5 NC a X6 6 L D gt X6 7 L ar dene NE NEE es AO eect DI19DI20_option_block_diagram Figure 8 8 2 1 Block diagram of optional DI19 DI20 module with one arc channel ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 305 8 9 Connection examples 8 Connections Technical description 8 9 Connection examples 8 9 1 VAMP 255 5 L l CSSS Oeeeerereh a LES MYON ANK MO OM x 2 SAIR Ree amp IIIIIIII HN 2 NI c S 2 Q a a x x e E l to Ww 2 NIE a z gt E ne yoda eee INIAN _oFttAd BnmmmonaoSEve yvonoE 69 etek s E ATAT cys RT alseen Yoooooo qoo00o Sanana 8 KK 34 3154 5 lt 5q SISA SC S lt XK amp IS lt I XI SSanGee KRKKRKK eyyMEh Lanyon DAFEN Bese ee ee ese eee tet ee RRRS Figure 8 9 1 1 Connection example of VAMP 255 The voltage measurement mode is set to 2LL U9 ee JAR ie 306 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples NPN
13. Equation 2 80 1 4 RI k 0 236 sie Equation 2 30 1 5 RXIDG 0 339 ri tome 5 8 135In pickup t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Ipickup User s pick up setting Example for Delay type RI k 0 50 I 4pu Tpickup 2 pu 0 5 SS RI 0 339 0 236 The operation time in this example will be 2 3 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 30 1 15 en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 153 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Example for Delay type RXIDG k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2 pu tee 5 8 1 35In 3 9 2 The operation time in this example will be 3 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 30 1 16 s00 RI s00 RXIDG 400 400 200 200 3E z e0 E k 20 60 so H m 40 20 ies 20 10 m a IS oy Pim k 2 T 63 k 20 i a mg zB E k 1 ze ka S 2 k 0 5 2 k 1 1 1 0 8 4 08 k 0 5 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 45678 10 20 1 2 3 4567810 20 TIset inverseDelayRI TIset inverseDelayRXIDG Figure 2 80 1
14. 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET VAMPSET communication Direct or SPA bus embedded command line interface Tx bytes size Unsent bytes in transmitter buffer size of the buffer Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Errors since the device Clr has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAR ie 238 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports 6 1 2 Remote port X5 Physical interface The physical interface of this port depends of the communication letter in the order code See Figure 6 1 1 chapter 8 3 2 and the t
15. 4 4th directional overcurrent 67 4 stage I lt 3 Undercurrent stage 37 4 2 gt 3 Current unbalance stage 46 4 T gt 3 Thermal overload stage 49 4 Uc gt 4 Capacitor O V stage 59C 4 Io gt 5 1st earth fault stage 50N 51N 4 Io gt gt 3 2nd earth fault stage 50N 51N 4 lo gt gt gt 3 3rd earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 lo gt gt gt gt 3 4th earth fault stage 5ON 51N 4 Iog gt 6 1st directional earth fault stage 67N 4 Iog gt gt 6 22d directional earth fault stage 67N 4 Toint gt 4 Transient intermittent E F 67NI 4 U gt 4 1st overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt 3 2nd overvoltage stage 59 4 U gt gt gt 3 3rd overvoltage stage 59 4 U lt 4 1st undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt 3 2nd undervoltage stage 27 4 U lt lt lt 3 3rd undervoltage stage 27 4 Uo gt 3 1st residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 Uo gt gt 3 2nd residual overvoltage stage 59N 4 P lt 3 1st reverse and underpower 32 4 stage P lt lt 3 2nd reverse and underpower 32 4 stage f gt lt 4 1st over under frequency stage 81 4 fo gt lt lt 4 2nd over under frequency stage 81 4 f lt 4 1st underfrequency stage 81L 4 f lt lt 4 2nd underfrequency stage 81L 4 dfdt 3 Rate of change of frequency 81R 4 ROCOF stage Pregl 3 1st programmable stage 4 Prg2 3 2nd programmable stage 4 Prg3 3 3rd programmable stage 4 Prg4 3 4th programmable stage 4 Prg5 3 5th programmable stage 4 Prg6 3 6th programmable stage 4 Prg7 3 7th programmable stage 4 Prg8s 3 8th programmable sta
16. NN EN a N N aN INN aN VAMP230_Vconnection Figure 8 9 3 3 Connection example of VAMP 230 with V connected voltage transformers The voltage measurement is set to 2LL U9 Directional earth fault stages are not available without the polarizing Uo voltage m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 313 9 1 Connections 9 Technical data Technical description 9 9 1 9 1 1 Technical data Connections Measuring circuitry Rated phase current Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 5 A configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A 0 250 A 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s lt 0 2VA Ioz input option C see Order information Rated residual current optional Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 5 A configurable for CT secondaries 1 10 A 0 50 A 20 A continuously 100 A for 10 s 500 A for 1 s lt 0 2VA Io1 input option C Io2 input option D see Order information Rated residual current Current measuring range Thermal withstand Burden 1 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A 0 10 A for VAMP 255 245 0 5 A for VAMP 230 4 A continuously 20 A for 10 s 100 A for 1 s lt 0 1 VA Io input option D see Order information Rated residual current optional Current measuring range Thermal withs
17. VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation The operation time in this example will be 1 9 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 30 1 8 a IEFELTI o IEEE LTVI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 a 10 8 6 6 4 4 O oO am 2 am 2 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTI V Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTVI Figure 2 30 1 5 ANSIIEEE long Figure 2 30 1 6 ANSITEEE long time inverse delay time very inverse delay IEEELTEL guy IEEE MI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 k 20 a 10 k 10 8 2 6 26 k 5 4 4 x Ey D D W 2 2 k 2 1 1 ket 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 k 0 5 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 45678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 TIset inverseDelayIEEE1_LTEI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_MI Figure 2 30 1 7 ANSIJIEEE long Figure 2 80 1 8 ANSIIEEE time extremely inverse delay moderately inverse delay ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 147 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description 00 IEEE STI gag IEEE STEI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 60
18. ee T ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 5 2 1 Relay front panel 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 1 1 Display The relay is provided with a backlightedt 128x64 LCD dot matrix display The display enables showing 21 characters in one row and eight rows at the same time The display has two different purposes one is to show the single line diagram of the relay with the object status measurement values identification etc Figure 2 1 1 1 The other purpose is to show the configuration and parameterization values of the relay Figure 2 1 1 2 Figure 2 1 1 1 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Freely configurable single line diagram Five controllable objects Six object statuses Bay identification Local Remote selection Auto reclose on off selection if applicable STO Dt a a a EA Freely selectable measurement values max six values ked2 Bh tad anl Barr Pik mn Figure 2 1 1 2 Sections of the LCD dot matrix display Main menu column The heading of the active menu The cursor of the main menu Possible navigating directions push buttons Measured setting parameter Measured set value a gt ay a ee JAR ie 6 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 1 Relay front panel Backlight control Display backlight can be switched on with a digital
19. 40 60 40 20 20 o 10 8 AN Ss 2 4 4 z 5 oO 2 2 1 1 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 k 20 0 1 0 1 k 10 0 08 0 08 0 06 006 ke0 6 Kote Jee 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_STI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE1_STEI Figure 2 380 1 9 ANSITEEE short Figure 2 80 1 10 ANSITEEE short time inverse delay time extremely inverse delay IEEE2 inverse time operation Before the year 1996 and ANSI standard C37 112 microprocessor relays were using equations approximating the behaviour of various induction disc type relays A quite popular approximation is eee JAR ie 148 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation Equation 2 30 1 3 which in VAMP devices is called IEEE2 Another name could be IAC because the old General Electric IAC relays have been modeled using the same equation There are four different delay types according Table 2 30 1 4 The old electromechanical induction disc relays have inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in VAMP devices only the trip time is inverse the release time being constant The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support pho
20. 5 0 05 XI mot t E 300 4 2 02 p08 1 The operation time in this example will be five minutes More stages definite time delay only If more than one definite time delay stages are needed for current unbalance protection the freely programmable stages can be used Chapter 2 28 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 65 2 8 Current unbalance stage 12 gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 46 in motor mode Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually CurrentUnbalanceChar 2000 1000 r 500 Fo Operation time s Ln 0 20 40 60 80 100 Negative sequence current I Figure 2 8 1 Inverse operation delay of current unbalance stage I2 gt The longest delay is limited to 1000 seconds 16min 40s Parameters of the current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in motor mode Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Of
21. After the discrimination time has elapsed the reclaim time timer starts If any AR signal is activated during the reclaim time or the discrimination time the AR function moves to the next shot The reclaim time setting is common for every shot If the reclaim time runs out the auto reclose sequence is successfully executed and the AR function moves to ready state and waits for a new AR request in shot 1 M VAP ie 228 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 A trip signal from the protection stage can be used as a backup Configure the start signal of the protection stage to initiate the AR function If something fails in the AR function the trip signal of the protection stage will open the CB The delay setting for the protection stage should be longer than the AR start delay and discrimination time If a critical signal is used to interrupt an AR sequence the discrimination time setting should be long enough for the critical stage usually at least 100 ms Manual closing When CB is closed manually with the local panel remote bus digital inputs etc AR will function as follows Firmware Functioning version gt 5 31 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time all AR requests are ignored It is up to protection stages to take care of tripping Trip signals of protection stages must be connected to a trip relay in
22. Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 3 3 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually re JAR ie 54 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 3vIsblock Start Register event Trip Register event Setting I gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events time characteristics Figure 2 5 1 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage I gt 3vIssblock Setting I gt gt s Delay Enable events Figure 2 5 2 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage gt gt and gt gt Parameters of the overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too This flag is automatically reset 5 minutes aft
23. IL IL GL GL ON TV ON TV WOD T 91a sIa a erd za Ta A8t Figure 8 1 3 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 230 M VAP ie 280 VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Technical description VW MOVEOETENVA on Bn 6S VE 6 S VT oI S ETI ES 11 ZS TTI VO90XAA en s vs 160 IS VI TOT 1S ETI TS I TS TTI Zz Suy W001 TLL SLOWSY K JN Y IS OSE TIN O T WO O M OO 91a siad I era 21d TIa A8h Figure 8 1 3 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 280 with mA option en JAR ie 281 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description The feeder and motor manager VAMP 230 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control
24. PC communication PC communication is using a VAMP specified command line interface The VAMPSET program can communicate using the local RS 232 port or using ethernet interface It is also possible to select SPA bus protocol for the local port and configure the VAMPSET to embed the command line interface inside SPA bus messages For ethernet interface configuration see chapter 6 1 4 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU These Modbus protocols are often used in power plants and in industrial applications The difference between these two protocols is the media Modbus TCP uses Ethernet and Modbus RTU uses asynchronous communication RS 4835 optic fibre RS 232 VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for Modbus A separate document Modbus Parameters pdf is also available The Modbus communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 For ethernet interface configuration see chapter 6 1 4 een JAR ie 242 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 3 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 247 Modbus address for the Set device Broadcast address 0 can be used for clock synchronizing Modbus TCP uses also the TCP port settings bit s 1200 bps Communication speed for Set 2400 Modbus RTU 4800 9600 19200 Parity None Parity
25. Sector 120 TRIP AREA LE TRIP AREA 88 loDir_SectorAdj Figure 2 13 3 Two example of operation characteristics of the directional earth fault stages in sector mode The drawn Io phasor in both figures is Inside the trip area The angle offset and half sector size are user s parameters Parameters of the directional earth fault stages lop gt lop gt gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SgrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value Jo2 according the parameter IoCale Input below IoPeak Iop gt only To2Peak Iop gt only IoRes pu Resistive part of Io only when InUse Res en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 77 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value U
26. ccccessecececeesseees 169 3 7 Voltage transformer SUDESVISION ccccessecececeesseees 170 3 8 Circuit breaker condition MONITOLING seecececeees 171 3 9 Energy pulse QUTDUIS esssssssesssesrreesssseeerereesessssesrreerese 177 3 10 System clock and synchronization seseessssessssesessseeee 180 3 11 RUNNING NOUr COUNTS tesces sue tlenesactnaceeneacssaieaa tented 184 Od MEI Sisene air E E EA E EERE ELERESE 185 3 13 COMBINE Overcurrent STATUS c00ccccscsssorsesecsenssseesess 187 3 14 Self SUD VISION pcr sssevazenatiieaes vaauncsstenssanduntewecianseicaueadnneeaes 189 Ho oa Oa B s 9 ss eee een 189 3 15 Short circuit fault IS CONG iasnncccaisnonsegceseeuinssmenieavceceds 191 3 16 Earth fault OC GMO essessssnssesssesessseesseessseessersseressseessee 195 4 Measurement fUNCTIONS ccccccccsssssssssercecceeeesssssseees 197 4 1 Measurement ACCUFACY ssssesssesessssssseseseresrssssesererresese 197 4 2 RMS VOUES oreraa aaia eraa aaa 199 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD 200 44 Demand ValUESsisessssisnrieseieiiisiniiiieisie eais iei 201 4 5 MINIMUM and MAXIMUM VAIUES cccccecessesseereeceees 202 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve MONTS estate teei e a a ie iee ie aa eela 203 4 7 Voltage measurement MOG sccccssccccessssesscereeseees 204 4 8 Power CONC IMO sack saiesatepscidssed ua natnde Gathecbeabesseuanecvccensayl 205 4 9 Direction Of pow
27. ee JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 I gt gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value gt gt gt gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set t gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the overcurrent stages 8 latest faults I gt I gt gt I gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground
28. mem C47FAS FE OC FE OE FE 16 FE OA FE 02 FE 04 FE 16 FE 18 FE 082 15 54 58 mem C47FC2 FD FC FD Fa FD FA FD F4 FD DE FD EA 04 EF 05 67 0 083 15 54 58 mem C47FDC 78 40 58 00 3A 80 17 CO F4 00 DO Co AF 40 91 00 FE 084 15 54 58 mem C47FF6 FA 7F FA E3 FB 7B 87 CO Ad CO CS 40 E8 40 0B CO 035 15 54 58 mem C4801005 67 05 A7 05 B1 0581 05 10 04 85 78 40 5B 00 3A Z Stop operation Save Log lose Window Enable vitual measurement 7 1B 13 4 15 Protected target VAMP 52 Note The sample rate of the comtrade file has to be 32 cycle 625 os when 50 Hz is used The channel names have to correspond to the channel names in Vamp relays IL1 IL2 IL3 Tol lo2 U12 U23 UL1 UL2 UL3 and Uo en JAR ie VM255 ENO024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 163 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush 3 Supporting functions Technical description current detection 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection Cold load pick up A situation is regarded as cold load when all the three phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of the currents exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms In such case the cold load detection signal is activated for a given time This signal is available for output matrix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of the output matrix setting group control is possible Application for cold load detection Righ
29. t lt t lt lt S Definite operation time Set t lt lt lt LVBIk Un Low limit for self blocking Set RlsDly S Release delay U lt stage only Set Hyster Default Dead band setting Set 3 0 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults for each of the stages Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay voltage before the fault and setting group ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 111 2 22 Reverse power and 2 Protection functions Technical description underpower protection P lt 32 2 22 Recorded values of the undervoltage stages 8 latest faults U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Minimum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip PreFIt Un Supervised value before fault 1 s average value SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 Reverse power function can be used for example to disconnect a motor in case the supply voltage is lost and thus prevent power generation by the motor Underp
30. 57 7 V4 ee JAR ie 216 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Per unit pu scaling of line to line voltages One per unit 1 pu 1xUn 100 where Un rated voltage of the VT Line to line voltage scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo 1LL Uo LLy 3LN 2LL LLy LL LLy LLz secondary gt per i Usec VT pri J3 U sec VT pri mnit Me D lt Via U SEC N SEC N per unit gt U U VT Uy U VT sec 3 Uy secondary SEC PU SEC SEC PU y VT prr V3 VT pri Example 1 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua or Up is 110 V Per unit voltage is Upu 110 110 1 00 pu 1 00xUn 100 Example 2 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua U and Ue are 63 5 V Per unit voltage is Upu V3x63 5 110x12000 11000 1 00 pu 1 00xUn 100 Example 3 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 The device displays 1 00 pu 100 Secondary voltage is Usec 1 00x110x11000 12000 100 8 V Example 4 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 Un 110
31. Active imported 2E T energy pulses Reactive imported E energy pulses 4 PLC Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter input 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 e _pulseconf2 Figure 3 9 3 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and using an external wetting voltage Active exported energy pulses Reactive exported 45 energy pulses 4 Active imported E energy pulses Reactive imported _p energy pulses 4 Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter input 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 e pubecont3 Figure 3 9 4 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common minus and an internal wetting voltage M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 181 3 10 System clock and 3 Supporting functions Technical description synchronization 3 10 System clock and synchronization The internal clock of the device is used to time stamp events and disturbance recordings The system clock should be externally synchronised to get comparable event time stamps for all the relays in the system The synchronizing is based on the difference of the internal time and the synchronising message or pulse This deviation is filtered and the internal time is corrected softly towards a zero deviation Adapting auto adjust During tens of h
32. Cold load pick up and inrush current detection b X Voltage sags and swells X X Voltage interruptions X X Circuit breaker condition monitoring xX xX X Current transformer supervision X X X Voltage transformer supervision X X Energy pulse outputs X X System clock and synchronization xX xX X Running hour counter Xx xX X Timer XIX X Combined overcurrent status X X X Self supervision xX X xX eee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 5 2 3 List of functions 2 Protection functions Technical description 52 10 10 IEEE a a 8 ANSI code IEC symbol Function name S elle Short circuit fault location X X Earth fault location X X Measurement and control functions BI Three phase current X X X To Neutral current Xx xX X Iz Current unbalance Xx xX X i ne a and maximum demand x x lx 3U Phase and line voltages X X Uo Zero sequence voltage Xx xX X U2 Voltage unbalance X X Xfault Short circuit fault reactance X X f System frequency Xx xX X P Active power X X Q Reactive power X X S Apparent power X X 79 0 1 Auto reclose E E Active Energy exported imported X X Eq Eq Reactive Energy exported imported X X PF Power factor X X Phasor diagram view of voltages X X Phasor diagram view of currents X
33. External operating voltage Only VAMP 255 Number of inputs 12 external operating voltage 18V 265 V de Current drain approx 2 mA Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG 9 1 4 Trip contacts Number of contacts 2 4 depends on the ordering code Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Continuous carry 5A Make and carry 0 5 s 30A Make and carry 3s 15A Breaking capacity AC 2 000 VA Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V dc 5A at 110 V de 3A at 220 V de 1A Contact material AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 315 9 1 Connections 9 Technical data Technical description 9 1 5 9 1 6 9 1 7 Alarm contacts Number of contacts 3 change over contacts relays Al A2 and A3 2 making contacts relays A4 and A5 1 change over contact IF relay Rated voltage 250 V ac dc Max make current 4s at duty cycle 10 15A Continuous carry 5A Breaking capacity AC 2 000 VA Breaking capacity DC L R 40ms at 48 V de 1 3 A at 110 V de 0 4 A at 220 V de 0 2 A Contact material AgNi 0 15 gold plated AgNi 90 10 Terminal block Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent Maximum wire dimension 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG Local serial communic
34. If the motor s fan is stopped the cooling will be slower than with an active fan Therefore there is a coefficient ct for m JAR im VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 103 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 49 thermal constant available to be used as cooling time constant when current is less than 0 3xImot Heat capacitance service factor and ambient temperature The trip level is determined by the maximum allowed continuous current Imax corresponding to the 100 temperature rise Orrip i e the heat capacitance of the motor or cable Imax depends of the given service factor k and ambient temperature Oamp and settings Imax40 and Imax70 according the following equation Ta Shia mode The value of ambient temperature compensation factor kO depends on the ambient temperature Oamp and settings Imax4o and Imax70 See Figure 2 19 1 Ambient temperature is not in use when k 1 This is true when e Imaxao 1s 1 0 e Samb is n a no ambient temperature sensor e TAMB is 40 C k 1 2 AmbientTemperatureCompensation 1 0 0 8 0 6 gt 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Oams C Figure 2 19 1 Ambient temperature correction of the overload stage T gt Example of a behaviour of the thermal model Figure 2 19 2 shows an example of the thermal model behaviour In this example t 30 minutes
35. PLC VEA 3CGi VX007 F3 L RS232 converter cable VPA 3CG VA 1 DA 6 Arc Sensor VAM 16D External LED module VYX076 Raising Frame for 200 serie VYX077 Raising Frame for 200 serie VYX233 Raising Frame for 200 serie V200WAF V200 wall aseembly frame Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 6m Disables rear local communication Height 40mm Height 60mm Height 100mm ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 339 13 Revision history Technical description 13 Revision history Manual revision history Manual version VM255 EN001 VM255 EN002 VM255 EN003 VM255 EN004 VM255 EN005 VM255 EN006 VM255 EN008 VM255 EN016 VM255 EN017 VM255 EN019 VM255 EN020 VM255 EN021 Description First revision Editorial changes Overfrequency protection replaced with configurable frequency protection fX and fXX More editorial changes Wrong pin assignments corrected on page 68 Specifications for Io gt and Io gt gt corrected Meas interval item added to IEC 103 and intermittent time item to Iodir gt New items added also to the AR function Capacitor bank unbalance protection Timers and Voltage sags and swells headings added Iodir gt gt specifications revised From this version onwards the manual applies also to VAMP 245 and VAMP 230 From this version onwards the manual applies also to motor protection functi
36. S_Off On Off On Start off event T_On On Off On Trip on event T_Off On Off On Trip off event DIoSav On Off Off Recording trigged event DlIoSav On Off Off Recording ended event en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 93 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection 2 Protection functions Technical description Measured and recorded values of capacitor bank unbalance protection lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Io Pu unbalance current including values the natural unbalance current dlo A Compensated unbalance current Display Io gt gt gt A Setting value lo gt gt gt gt Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter values TCntr Cumulative trip counter Fit pu The max fault value EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping Isaved A Recorded natural unbalance current SavedA deg Recorded phase angle of natural unbalance current Faults Allowed number of element Io gt gt gt gt only failures Total Actual number of element Io gt gt gt gt only failures in the bank Clear Clear the element counters Io gt gt gt gt only Clear L1 B1 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L1 in brach 1 left side L1 B2 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase
37. The underfrequency stages are blocked when biggest of the three line to line voltages is below the low voltage block limit setting With this common setting LVBlk all stages in underfrequency mode are blocked when the voltage drops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless alarms when the voltage is off Initial self blocking of underfrequency stages When the biggest of the three line to line voltages has been below the block limit the under frequency stages will be blocked until the pick up setting has been reached Four independent frequency stages There are four separately adjustable frequency stages f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt The two first stages can be configured for either overfrequency or underfrequency usage So totally four underfrequency stages can be in use simultaneously Using the programmable stages even more can be implemented chapter 2 28 All the stages have definite operation time delay DT Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually ee JAR ie 114 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 23 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L Parameters of the over amp underfrequenc
38. To2 X1 9 10 ToCalc IL1 IL2 IL3 Set Io1Peak X1 7 8 peak mode Iog gt only Io2Peak X1 9 10 peak mode Iop gt only Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xloset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIoset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 30 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional earth fault stages 8 latest faults loo gt lop gt gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle Fault angle of Io Uo 0 Uo Max Uo voltage during the fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault ee JAR ie VM255 ENO024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 79 2 14 Earth fault protection 10 gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 50N 51N 2 14 Earth fault protection lo gt 50N 51N Undirectional earth fault protection is used to dete
39. Usec 0 20x110 22 V Example 4 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 The device displays Uo 20 gt If Up Ue 0 then secondary voltages at Ua is Ussc V3x0 2x110 38 1 V ee JAR ie 218 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 12 Analogue outputs option 4 12 Analogue outputs option A device with the mA option has four configurable analogue outputs that take up two of the output relays A4 and A5 Thus a device with the mA option has two output relays less than the version without mA option The resolution of the analogue output is 12 bits resulting current steps less than 6 uA The output current range is configurable allowing e g the following ranges 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA More exotic ranges like 0 5 mA or 10 2 mA can be config ured freely as long as the boundary values are within 0 20 mA NOTE All positive poles X2 1 3 5 and 7 are internally connected together see figures in chapter 8 7 4 12 1 mA scaling examples In this chapter there are three example configurations of scaling the transducer mA outputs Example 1 Coupling Scaled minimum Scaled maximum Analogue output minimum value Analogue output maximum value Analogue 4 output mA mAScaling_1 720 300 A IL OA 300 A 0 mA 20 mA Figure 4 12 1 1 Example of mA scaling
40. VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 15 Short circuit fault location Below is presented an application example where the fault location algorithm is used at the incomer side Notice following things while commissioning the relay PRE FAULT TIME FAULT TIME WITH THE BREAKER POST FAULT MORE THAN 2 OPERATION TIME INCLUDED HAS TO ONLY FEW SECONDS TO BE AT LEAST 80ms CYCLES IN CASE THE DIGITAL INPUT IS USED TOGETGER WITH THE CURRENT CHANGE THE INPUT SIGNAL HAS TO BE ACTIVATED DISTANCE TO SHORT CIRCUIT ee ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 195 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Voltages Below is presented an application example where the fault location algorithm is used at the feeder side Notice following things while commissioning the relay RR dI Currents PRE FAULT TIME FAULT TIME WITH THE BREAKER MORE THAN 2 OPERATION TIME INCLUDED HAS TO SECONDS TO BE AT LEAST 80ms POST FAULT ONLY FEW CYCLES IN CASE THE DIGITAL INPUT IS USED TOGETGER WITH THE CURRENT CHANGE THE INPUT SIGNAL HAS TO BE ACTIVATED DISTANCE TO SHORT CIRCUIT Fault reactance Distance to fault Voltage drop Fault duration Fault type Number of faults Fault date Fault time hh mm ss mss Current before fault Fault current Current after fault A
41. X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 D4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG Protection functions 50 51 SON 51N 59N 3 gt b gt k gt 1 gt gt gt gt U gt SONARC 67N S gt k Arcl gt ArClo gt 46 gt 48 gt 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser matrix Blocking and output matrix H VAMP245BlockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 2 2 Block diagram of VAMP 245 with mA option included m VAN ie 302 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 7 Block diagrams 8 7 3 VAMP 230 Protection functions 67 50 51 59 3I gt u gt 46 4 gt 5ON 51N o gt log gt gt gt gt NN N 5 N X1 10 81H 81L 81L 5 F X2 13 X1 11 ee f lt LZ X2 14 X1 12 f gt gt lt lt f lt lt re LZ X2 11 X1 13 SONARC X2 12 Arclo gt X2 7 X1 14 FA X1 17 iia X2 8 g X2 5 X1 18 50ARC LZ Arcl gt X2 6 48 X2 16 Le X2 17 X2 18 X6 1 37 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 79 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 DI4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG Auto Reclose Autorecloser m
42. lt 60 ms Reset ratio Imax gt 0 97 Reset ratio Imin lt 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Voltage transformer supervision Pick up setting U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Pick up setting I2 lt 0 0 200 0 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 3 of the pick up value Inaccuracy Activation U2 gt 1 unit Activation I2 lt 1 unit Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Only in VAMP 255 230 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 331 9 4 Supporting functions 9 Technical data Technical description 9 4 4 9 4 5 Voltage sag amp swell This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Activation block limit Operating time at definite time function Voltage sag limit 10 120 Voltage swell limit 20 150 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 1 00 s step 0 02 s Low voltage blocking 0 50 Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ration Sag 1 03 Swell 0 97 Block limit 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy Activation 0 5 V or 3 of the set value 5 of the set value 1 or 30 ms If one of the phase voltages is below sag limit and above block limit but another phase voltage drops below blo
43. protection df dt 81R 2 24 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp frequency during fault elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the over amp under frequency stages 8 latest faults f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Hz Faulty frequency EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R Rate of change of frequency ROCOF or df dt function is used for fast load shedding to speed up operation time in over and under frequency situations and to detect loss of grid For example a centralized dedicated load shedding relay can be omitted and replaced with distributed load shedding if all outgoing feeders are equipped with VAMP devices A special application for ROCOF is to detect loss of grid loss of mains islanding The more the remaining load differs from the load before the loss of grid the better the ROCOF function detects the situation Frequency behaviour during load switching Load switching and fault situations may generate change in frequency A load drop may increase the frequency and increasing load may decrease the fre
44. 23 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt CO Sectateteteslracein otis sop awa sreceaten tesioese sd aetene i S 114 2 24 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection I es Ne I E EE E E E E E 116 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 cceccesssesssreesseees 121 2 26 Second harmonic O C stage lr2 gt 51F2 assess 129 2 27 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF 13 2 28 Programmable stages 99 siccnvertccdcccvedessielonisincsdantents 132 2 29 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional 136 2 30 Inverse time Operation sssssesssesrreessssesrrrrersessssesrreeress 140 2 30 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI 143 2 30 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 EI OI ease ha cctecla Sets tedaccten td aedecdtsSeaumacedsasayeoeuane ude oee 153 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 39 Table of Contents Technical description 2 30 3 Programmable inverse tiM CUIVES cccceeeceees 154 3 Supporting functions oi ccc csscssscssessssdssesseasssasssassvaseeasesasceasees 155 Sl EVENT lO nrinsceneseoni aneia a a 155 3 2 Dist roance recorder ssri eoriirisiseir srini 157 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection 162 SA Voltage sags and swells sicscsicccscsdsvsctevecsisesedcnsestzeoccetieds 165 3 5 Voltage interruptions sssssesssesersssssseeesresrssssesererrresse 167 3 6 Current transformer SUPETV S ON
45. 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 6 Controllable objects 5 6 1 Output signals of controllable objects Each controllable object has 2 control signals in matrix Output signal Description Object x Open Open control signal for the object Object x Close Close control signal for the object These signals send control pulse when an object is controlled by digital input remote bus auto reclose etc Settings for read only objects Each read only object has the following settings Setting Value Description DI for obj open None any digital Open information DI for obj close input virtual input Close information or virtual output Object timeout 0 02 600 s Timeout for state changes If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Object timeout setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated Controlling with DI firmware version gt 5 53 Objects can be controlled with digital input virtual input or virtual output There are four settings for each controllable object Setting Active DI for remote open control In remote state DI for remote close control DI for local open control In local state DI for local close control If the device is in local control state the remote control inp
46. 3 mA Typical current needed to activate the digital input including a 1 mA safety margin Poi 50W Rated power of the open coil of the circuit breaker If this value is not known 0 Q can be used for the Reoi Umin Uau 20 88 V Umax Uauxt 10 121V Ret U aux P 242 Q en JAR ie 260 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision The external resistance value is calculated using Equation 7 5 1 1 Equation 7 5 1 1 R U rin U pr Ip R Ip coil R 88 18 0 003 242 0 003 23 1 kQ In practice the coil resistance has no effect By selecting the next smaller standard size we get 22 KQ The power rating for the external resistor is estimated using Equation 7 5 1 2 and Equation 7 5 1 3 The Equation 7 5 1 2 is for the CB open situation including a 100 safety margin to limit the maximum temperature of the resistor Equation 7 5 1 2 P 2 I R P 2 0 003 2x22000 0 40 W Select the next bigger standard size for example 0 5 W When the trip contacts are still closed and the CB is already open the resistor has to withstand much higher power Equation 7 5 1 3 for this short time Equation 7 5 1 3 2 p Um R P 121 2 22000 0 67 W A 0 5 W resistor will be enough for this short time peak power too However if the trip relay is closed for longer time than a few seconds a 1 W resistor should be used Usi
47. 3264 99 2 18 Zero sequence voltage protection U0 gt 59N 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 18 Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt 59N The zero sequence voltage protection is used as unselective backup for earth faults and also for selective earth fault protections for motors having a unit transformer between the motor and the busbar This function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the zero sequence voltage The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB This is essential because 3n harmonics exist between the neutral point and earth also when there is no earth fault Whenever the measured value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Measuring the zero sequence voltage The zero sequence voltage is either measured with three voltage transformers e g broken delta connection one voltage transformer between the motor s neutral point and earth or calculated from the measured phase to neutral voltages according to the selected voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 e Phase the zero sequence voltage is calculated from the phase voltages and therefore a separate zero sequence voltage transformer is not needed The setting values are relative to the configured voltage transformer VT volta
48. 5 Control functions Technical description Setting parameters of AR function Parameter Value Unit Default Description ARena ARon ARoff ARon _ Enabling disabling the autoreclose Block None The digital input for block any digital information This can be used input for example for Synchrocheck virtual input or virtual output AR_DI None The digital input for toggling any digital the ARena parameter input virtual input or virtual output AR2egrp ARon ARoff ARon _ Enabling disabling the autoreclose for group 2 ReclT 0 02 300 00 s 10 00 Reclaim time setting This is common for all the shots ARreq On Off Off AR request event ShotS On Off Off AR shot start event ARlock On Off Off AR locked event CritAr On Off Off AR critical signal event ARrun On Off Off AR running event FinTrp On Off Off AR final trip event ReqEnd On Off Off AR end of request event ShtEnd On Off Off AR end of shot event CriEnd On Off Off AR end of critical signal event ARUnl On Off Off AR release event ARStop On Off Off AR stopped event FTrEnd On Off Off AR final trip ready event ARon On Off Off AR enabled event ARoff On Off Off AR disabled event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip on event AR1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip on event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip on event CRITri On Off On AR critical final trip off event AR
49. 5 Time stamped min amp max of voltages Imax 9 Time stamped min amp max of currents Pmax 5 Time stamped min amp max of power and frequency Mont 21 Maximum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months Evnt 2 Events DR 2 Disturbance recorder 2 Runh 2 Running hour counter Active time of a selected digital input and time stamps of the latest start and stop TIMR 6 Day and week timers DI 5 Digital inputs including virtual inputs DO 4 Digital outputs relays and output matrix ExtAI 3 External analogue inputs 3 ExDI 3 External digital inputs 3 ExDO 3 External digital outputs 3 Prot 27 Protection counters combined overcurrent status protection status protection enabling cold load and inrush detectionIf2 gt and block matrix I gt 5 1st overcurrent stage 50 51 4 gt gt 3 2nd overcurrent stage 50 51 4 ee JAR ie 12 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus gt gt gt 3 3rd overcurrent stage 50 51 4 Ig gt 6 1st directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt 6 2nd directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt 4 3rd directional overcurrent 67 4 stage Ig gt gt gt gt
50. 6 6 A03 Analog output 3 negative connector 7 7 AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector ee JAR ie 278 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Terminal X3 No Symbol Description 1 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 2 DIL Digital input 1 3 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 8 is re 9 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 10 Al NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 11 Al NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 14 T1 Trip relay 1 15 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 16 17 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage
51. 753 3264 75 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N 2 Protection functions Technical description 76 Accomplished inverse delays are available for both stages Iog gt and Io gt gt The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 30 The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 30 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually IOfiisblock Choice Setting Setting Delay Enable events Icosp Res Ip gt s To gt s Ising Cap Figure 2 13 1 Block diagram of the directional earth fault stages Iop gt and lop gt gt loDir_ResCap Figure 2 13 2 Operation characteristic of the directional earth fault protection in Res or Cap mode Res mode can be used with compensated networks and Cap mode is used with ungrounded networks VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N 90 90 Angle offset 15 455 Angle offset 32 Sector 70
52. Combined overcurrent start status AlrL1 AlrL2 AlrL3 0 AlrL1 1 orAlrL2 1 or AlrL3 1 LxAlarm On Off On Event enabling for AlrL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set LxAlarmOff On Off Off Event enabling for AlrL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set OCAlarm On Off On Event enabling for combined o c starts Events are enabled Events are disabled Set OCAlarmOff On Off Off Event enabling for combined o c starts Events are enabled Events are disabled Set IncFltEvnt On Off Disabling several start and trip events of the same fault Several events are enabled Several events of an increasing fault is disabled x Set ClrDly 0 65535 Duration for active alarm status AlrL1 Alr2 AlrL3 and OCs Set M VAP ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 189 3 13 Combined overcurrent status 3 Supporting functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note LINE FAULT FitL1 FItL2 FItL3 Fault trip status for each phase O No fault since fault ClrDly 1 Fault is on OCt Combined overcurrent trip status FItL1 F1tL2 F1tL3 0 FitL1 1 orFltL2 1 or FItL3 1 LxTrip On Off On Event enabling for FItL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set LxTripOff On Off Off Event enabling for F
53. DNP 3 0 and Device Net User interface The relay can be controlled in three ways e Locally with the push buttons on the relay front panel e Locally using a PC connected to the serial port on the front panel or on the rear panel of the relay both cannot be used simultaneously e Via remote control over the remote control port on the relay rear panel Operating Safety The terminals on the rear panel of the relay may carry dangerous voltages even if the auxiliary voltage is switched off A live current transformer secondary circuit must not be opened Disconnecting a live circuit may cause dangerous voltages Any operational measures must be carried out according to national and local handling directives and instructions Carefully read through all operation instructions before any operational measures are carried out VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VAMP E VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 1 Relay front panel 2 2 1 Local panel user interface Relay front panel The figure below shows as an example the front panel of the feeder and motor manager VAMP 255 and the location of the user interface elements used for local control VAMP 255 x VY CE Feeder Manager GRO div gt VAMP E VY 062B Figure 2 1 1 The front panel of VAMP 255 LCD dot matrix display Keypad LED indicators RS 232 serial communication port for PC
54. Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault value and elapsed delay Recorded values of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Flt pu Fault value EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 135 2 29 Arc fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description S50ARC 50NARC optional 2 29 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional NOTE This protection function needs optional hardware in slot X6 More details of the hardware can be found in chapters 8 4 and 9 1 8 Arc protection is used for fast arc protection The function is based on simultaneous light and current measurement Special arc sensors are used to measure the light of an arc Three stages for arc faults There are three separate stages for the various current inputs e Arcl gt for phase to phase arc faults Current inputs Tui In Ins are used e Arcloi gt for phase to earth arc faults Current input Toi is used e Arcloz gt for phase to earth arc faults Current input Tog is used Light channel selection The light information source to the stages
55. Hz Reset ratio U 0 97 Inaccuracy voltage 3 Un frequency 20 mHz phase angle 2 wnev p lt 0 2 HG edoe 5 operating time 1 or 30 ms NOTE When sync mode is used Af should be less lt 0 2 Hz 9 3 8 Second harmonic function 2 Harmonic stage 51F2 Settings Setting range 2 Harmonic 10 100 Operating time 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit NOTE The amplitude of second harmonic content has to be at least 2 of the nominal of CT If the moninal current is 5 A the 100 Hz component needs to exceed 100 mA 73 7 Circuit breaker failure protection Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF Relay to be supervised T1 T4 depending the ordering code Definite time function Operating time 0 1 10 0 s step 0 1 s Reset time lt 95 ms Inaccuracy Operating time 20 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 329 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description 9 3 10 Arc fault protection option The operation of the arc protection depends on the setting value of the ArcI gt Arcl01 gt and ArcI02 gt current limits The arc current limits cannot be set unless the device is provided with t
56. I2 In Negative sequence current in pu U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative negative sequence voltage IL Average In1 Ir IL3 3 Uphase Urn Average Ur Ur Ur3 3 Uline Ur1 Average U12 U23 Usy 3 TanFii Tangent tan arccosg Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent powre rms value THDIL1 Total harmonic distortion of I THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion of Iz THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion of I13 THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua THDUb Total harmonic distortion of input Up THDUc Total harmonic distortion of input Uc fy Frequency behind circuit breaker fz Frequency behind 2 4 circuit breaker ILirms IL1 RMS for average sampling IL2rms IL2 RMS for average sampling IL3rms IL3 RMS for average sampling U12y Voltage behind circuit breaker U12z Voltage behind 2r4 circuit breaker ILmin ILmax Minimum and maximum of phase currents ULLmin ULLmax Minimum and maximum of line voltages ULNmin ULNmax Minimum and maximum of phase voltages ee VAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 133 2 28 Programmable stages 99 2 Protection functions Technical description Eight independent stages The device has eight independent programmable stages Each programmable stage can be enabled or disabled to fit the intended application Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups
57. Identifcation of the device Each device must have unique name Delete command Send command to clear dynamic all dynamic datasets datasets M VAP ie 250 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 10 EtherNet IP The relay supports communication using EtherNet IP protocol which is a part of CIP Common Industrial Protocol family EtherNet IP protocol is available with the optional inbuilt Ethernet port The protocol can be used to read write data from the relay using request response communication or via cyclic messages transporting data assigned to assemblies sets of data EtherNet IP main features e Static data model 2 standard objects Overload and Control Supervisor 2 private objects one for digital data and one for analog data and 4 configuration objects for protection functions configuration e Two configurable assemblies one producing and one consuming with the maximum capacity of 128 bytes each EDS file that can be fed to any client supporting EDS files can be generated at any time all changes to EtherNet IP configuration see configuration parameters in table below or to assemblies content require generating of the new EDS file e Three types of communications are supported UCMM one time request response Class 3 connection cyclic request response and Class 1 connection cyclic IO messag
58. Io A Io2 ISYMMETRIC Primary value of zero CURRENTS sequence residual current Io2 A IoC T SYMMETRIC Calculated Io A CURRENTS I1 T SYMMETRIC Positive sequence current A CURRENTS I2 T SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current A CURRENTS 12 11 SYMMETRIC Negative sequence current related to CURRENTS positive sequence current for unbalance protection THDIL I HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of phase currents THDIL1 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL1 THDIL2 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL2 THDIL3 HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of phase current IL3 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL1 Harmonics of phase current IL1 See Figure 2 3 2 1 eee JAR i 24 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures Value Menu Submenu Description Diagram I HARMONICS of IL2 Harmonics of phase current IL2 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram I HARMONICS of IL3 Harmonics of phase current IL3 See Figure 2 3 2 1 Uline U LINE VOLTAGES Average value for the three line voltages V U12 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U12 V U23 z U LINE VOLTAGES Ph
59. L1 in brach 2 right side L2 B1 Number of element failures in lo gt gt gt gt only phase L2 in brach 1 left side L2 B2 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L2 in brach 2 right side L3 B1 Number of element failures in Io gt gt gt gt only phase L3 in brach 1 left side L3 B2 Number of element failures in lo gt gt gt gt only phase L3 in brach 2 right side Locat Changed unbalance current Io gt gt gt gt only after automatic compensation LocAng Changed phase angle of the Io gt gt gt gt only unbalance current after automatic compensation ee JAR ie 94 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 17 Capacitor overvoliage protection Uc gt 59C 2 17 Capacitor overvoltage protection Uc gt 59C This protection stage calculates the voltages of a three phase Y connected capacitor bank using the measured currents of the capacitors No voltage measurements are needed Especially in filter applications there exist harmonics and depending of the phase angles the harmonics can increase the peak voltage This stage calculates the worst case overvoltage in per unit using IEC 60871 1 Harmonics up to 15t are taken into account Equation 2 17 1 U x 15 L Dow ma n Where Equation 2 17 2 TOEN 2nfC Uc Amplitude of a pure fundamental frequency sine wave voltage which peak value is equal to the m
60. PROTOCOL Change will cause autoboot Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 1 Example of auto reset display Press CANCEL to return to the setting view If a parameter must be changed press the ENTER key again The parameter can now be set When the parameter change is confirmed with the ENTER key a RESTART text appears to the top right corner of the display This means that auto resetting is ee JAR ie 28 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting pending If no key is pressed the auto reset will be executed within few seconds 2 4 1 Parameter setting 1 Move to the setting state of the desired menu for example CONF CURRENT SCALING by pushing the ENTER key The Pick text appears in the upper left part of the display 2 Enter the password associated with the configuration level by pushing the INFO key and then using the arrow keys and the ENTER key default value is 0002 For more information about the access levels please refer to Chapter 2 2 5 3 Scroll through the parameters using the UP and DOWN keys A parameter can be set if the background color of the line is black If the parameter cannot be set the parameter is framed 4 Select the desired parameter for example Inom with the ENTER key 5 Use the UP and DOWN keys to change a parameter value If the value contains more than one digit use the LEFT
61. RA POB A A g a x Alarm Active state w z lt 21x107 Limit settin IMIT S 2 21x107 a T A g 2 a z lt j u Alarm Active state x lt Active value 1 9999 Modbus register for the measurement 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device On Off Enabling for measurement Analog input alarms have also matrix signals Ext Aix Alarm1 and Ext Aix Alarm2 en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 295 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description External digital inputs configuration VAMPSET only Lay Range Description Communication read errors 1 16 Bit number of Modbus register value CoilS InputS a InputR or Modbus register type HoldingR o a z 1 9999 Modbus register for the w measurement is 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device 0 1 Active state On Off Enabling for measurement ee JAR ie 296 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules External digital outputs configuration VAMPSET only a 6S Range Description Communication errors Ww N y i 1 9999 Modbus register for the 5 measurement oO a Pe 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device x lt Lu 0 1 Output state On Off Enabling for mea
62. Running hour counter 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 11 Running hour counter This function calculates the total active time of the selected digital input virtual I O or output matrix output signal The resolution is ten seconds Running hour counter parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Runh 0 876000 h Total active time hours Set Note The label text Runh can be edited with VAMPSET Runs 0 3599 s Total active time seconds Set Starts 0 65535 Activation counter Set Status Stop Current status of the selected Run digital signal DI Select the supervised signal Set None DI1 DI2 Physical inputs VI1 VI4 Virtual inputs LedAl Output matrix out signal Al LedTr Output matrix out signal Tr LedA Output matrix out signal LA LedB Output matrix out signal LB LedC Output matrix out signal LC LedDR Output matrix out signal DR VO1 VO6 Virtual outputs Started at Date and time of the last activation Stopped at Date and time of the last inactivation Set An editable parameter password needed Set An informative value which can be edited as well en JAR i 186 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 12 Timers 3 12 Timers The VAMP protection platform includes four settable timers that can be used together with the user s programmable logic or to control
63. S Clear values M VAP ie 204 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve months 4 6 Maximum values of the last 31 days and twelve months Some maximum and minimum values of the last 31 days and the last twelve months are stored in the non volatile memory of the device Corresponding time stamps are stored for the last 31 days The registered values are listed in the following table Measurement Max Min Description IL1 IL2 IL3 X Phase current fundamental frequency value Tol Io2 X Residual current S X Apparent power P X X Active power Q X X Reactive power The value can be a one cycle value or an average according parameter Timebase Parameters of the day and month registers Parameter Value Description Set Timebase Parameter to select the type of the S registered values 20ms Collect min amp max of one cycle values 200 ms Collect min amp max of 200 ms average 1s values 1min Collect min amp max of 1 s average values Collect min amp max of 1 minute average demand values Collect min amp max of demand values see chapter 4 4 ResetDays Reset the 31 day registers S ResetMon Reset the 12 month registers S This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every
64. The difference must be more than the retardation time of the incoming feeder relay plus the operating time of the outgoing feeder circuit breaker Figure 2 2 1 shows an overcurrent fault seen by the incoming feeder when the outgoing feeder does clear the fault If the operation delay setting would be slightly shorter or if the fault duration would be slightly longer than in the figure an unselective trip might happen the dashed 40 ms pulse in the figure In VAMP devices the retardation time is less than 50 ms Reset time release time Figure 2 2 2 shows an example of reset time i e release delay when the device is clearing an overcurrent fault When the device s trip contacts are closed the circuit breaker CB starts to open After the CB contacts are open the fault current will still flow through an arc between the opened contacts The current is finally cut off when the arc extinguishes at the next zero crossing of the current This is the start moment of the reset delay After the reset delay the trip contacts and start contact are opened unless latching is configured The reset time varies from fault to fault depending on the fault size After a big fault the time is longer The reset time also depends on the specific protection stage The maximum reset time for each stage is specified in chapter 9 3 For most stages it is less than 95 ms M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 49 2 2 General featur
65. Ub THDUc Total harmonic distortion of input Uc Prms Active power rms value Qrms Reactive power rms value Srms Apparent power rms value fy Frequency behind circuit breaker ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 161 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 Supporting functions Technical description fz Frequency behind 2 4 circuit breaker U12y Voltage behind circuit breaker U12z Voltage behind 24 circuit breaker ILIRMS IL1 RMS for average sampling IL2RMS IL2 RMS for average sampling IL3RMS IL3 RMS for average sampling ILmin Minimum of phase currents ILmax Maximum of phase currents ULLmin Minimum of line voltages ULLmax Maximum of line voltages ULNmin Minimum of phase voltages ULNmax Maximum of phase voltages kkk ClrCh Remove all channels Set Clear Ch List of selected channels For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 4 Set An editable parameter password needed This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 10 ms This is the fundamental frequency rms value of one cycle updated every 20 ms Not available in VAMP 245 ee JAR ie 162 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical descript
66. When Io or Ioz 0 05 20 0 When Iocatc Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting Peak mode 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operating time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts ee JAR ie 322 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions Earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Tocatc TnitIietIis Setting range Ip gt gt 0 01 8 00 When Ivor Ioz 0 05 20 0 When Iocatc Definite time function Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s Sta
67. X X X EI Extremely inverse X X X LTI Long time inverse X X LTEI Long time extremely inverse X LTVI Long time very inverse X MI Moderately inverse X X STI Short time inverse X STEI Short time extremely inverse X RI Old ASEA type X RXIDG Old ASEA type X IEC inverse time operation The operation time depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 30 1 1 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 30 1 1 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 143 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Ipickup A B User s multiplier Measured value Operation delay in seconds User s pick up setting Constants parameters according Table 2 30 1 2 There are three different delay types according IEC 60255 3 Normal inverse NI Extremely inverse EI Very inverse VI and a VI extension Additional there is a de facto standard Long time inverse LTI Table 2 30 1 2 Constants for IEC inverse delay equation Delav t Parameter elay type A B NI Normal inverse 0 14 0 02 EI Extremely inverse 80 2 VI Very inverse 13 5 1 LTI Long time inverse 120 1 Example for Delay type Normal inverse NI 4 pu constant current k 0 50 I Ipickup
68. X6 1 2 External 18 265 VDC ARC card with 2 20 X6 3 4 50 250 VAC Dis ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 223 5 3 Virtual inputs and outputs 5 Control functions Technical description 5 3 5 4 Virtual inputs and outputs There are four virtual inputs and six virtual outputs The four virtual inputs acts like normal digital inputs The state of the virtual input can be changed from display communication bus and from VAMPSET For example setting groups can be changed using virtual inputs Parameters of virtual inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set VIL VI4 0 Status of virtual input 1 Events On Event enabling Set Off NAMES for VIRTUAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for VIs on the Set max 10 local display characters Default is VIn n 1 4 Description String of Long name for VIs Set max 32 Default is characters Virtual input n n 1 4 Set An editable parameter password needed The six virtual outputs do act like output relays but there are no physical contacts Virtual outputs are shown in the output matrix and the block matrix Virtual outputs can be used with the user s programmable logic and to change the active setting group etc Output matrix By means of the output matrix the output signals of the various protection stages digital inputs logic outputs an
69. access level operator or configurator has been opened with the corresponding password 7 Detailed protocol configuration is done with VAMPSET 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions The general structure of all protection function menus is similar although the details do differ from stage to stage As an example the details of the second overcurrent stage I gt gt menus are shown below ee JAR ie 14 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations First menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage first menu AV P gt i gt gt STATUS ExDO Status Figure 2 2 2 1 First menu of gt gt 50 51 stage This is the status start and trip counter and setting group menu The content is e Status The stage is not detecting any fault at the moment The stage can also be forced to pick up or trip if the operating level is Configurator and the force flag below is on Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 e SCntr 5 The stage has picked up a fault five times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator e TCntr 1 The stage has tripped two times since the last reset of restart This value can be cleared if the operating level is at least Operator e SetGrp 1 The active setting group is one This value can be edited if the operating level is at
70. and RIGHT keys to shift from digit to digit and the UP and DOWN keys to change the digits 6 Push the ENTER key to accept a new value If you want to leave the parameter value unchanged exit the edit state by pushing the CANCEL key paramm CURRENT SCALING PICK CURRENT SCALING cT inom Isec lonom losec loinp loinp lo2nom lo2nom D P Edit VALUE CHANGE Figure 2 4 1 1 Changing parameters M VAP ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 29 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting 2 4 2 Setting range limits If the given parameter setting values are out of range values a fault message will be shown when the setting is confirmed with the ENTER key Adjust the setting to be within the allowed range illegal Edit VALUE CHANGE Illegal value Lim 0 10 5 00 Press CANCEL Figure 2 4 2 1 Example of a fault message The allowed setting range is shown in the display in the setting mode To view the range push the INFO key Push the CANCEL key to return to the setting mode infoset_I Info SET I gt Setting for stage I gt Type i32 dd Range 0 10 5 00 ENTER password CANCEL back to menu Figure 2 4 2 2 Allowed setting ranges show in the display 2 4 3 Disturbance recorder menu DR Via the submenus of the disturbance recorder menu the following functions and features can be read and set DISTUR
71. and RJ 45 D connector 1 reserved 2 TX_out TTL 3 RX_in TTL 4 RTS out TTL 7 GND 9 8V out RJ 45 connector 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receivet 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Receive 7 Reserved 8 Reserved R 100 Mbps Ethernet fibre interface with IEC 61850 LC connector from top Port 2 Tx Port 2 Rx Port 1 Tx Port 1 Rx S 100Mbps Ethernet interface with IEC 61850 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receivet 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Receive 7 Reserved 8 Reserved NOTE In VAMP device RS485 interfaces a positive voltage from Tx to Tx or Rx to Rx does correspond to the bit value 1 In X5 connector the optional RS485 is galvanically isolated NOTE In 2 wire mode the receiver and transmitter are internally connected in parallel See a table below en JAR ie 288 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 3 Serial communication connectors X5 REMOTE TTL x lt ol ah owhN 4 I ONIASIANYS X4 S565 090000 X4 RS485 Figure 8 8 2 1 Pin numbering of the rear Figure 8 3 2 2 Pin numbering of the communication ports REMOTE TTL rear communication ports REMOTE RS 485 Fibre RX er T Q S LU E i O 5 zE LL x aS Fibre TX O IQ O LN X4 io eA BS Do On oy T 23 O 8 o ProfibusDP oY Remote fibre Figur
72. and the parameter AAIntv has been zero the parameters are set as AvDrft Lead Teo With these parameter values the system clock corrects itself with 1 ms every 9 9 seconds which equals 61 091 s week Example 2 If there is no external sync and the device s clock has been lagging five seconds in nine days and the AAIntv has been 9 9 s leading then the parameters are set as 1 AAINV yew 1 5000 9 9 9 24 3600 AvDrft Lead 10 6 NOTE When the internal time is roughly correct deviation is less than four seconds any synchronizing or auto adjust will never turn the clock backwards Instead in case the clock is leading it is softly slowed down to maintain causality System clock parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Date Current date Set Time Current time Set Style y d m d m y m d y Date format Year Month Day Day Month Year Month Day Year Set SyncDI DI1 DI6 The digital input used for clock synchronisation DI not used for synchronizing Minute pulse input wee TZone 12 00 14 00 UTC time zone for SNTP synchronization Note This is a decimal number For example for state of Nepal the time zone 5 45 is given as 5 75 Set DST No Daylight saving time for SNTP Set ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 183 3 10 System cloc
73. are available e Priority If operation times less than 60 milliseconds are needed select 10 ms For operation times under one second 20 ms is recommended For longer operation times and THD signals 100 ms is recommended e Link The name of the supervised signal see table below e Cmp Compare mode gt for over or lt for under comparison e Pick up Limit of the stage The available setting range and the unit depend on the selected signal e T Definite time operation delay e Hyster Dead band hysteresis e NoCmp Only used with compare mode under lt This is the limit to start the comparison Signal values under NoCmp are not regarded as fault ee JAR ie 132 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 28 Programmable stages 99 Table 2 28 1Available signals to be supervised by the programmable stages IL1 IL2 IL3 Phase currents Tol Residual current input Io1 To2 Residual current input Ioz U12 U23 U31 Line to line voltages UL1 UL2 UL3 Phase to ground voltages Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Active power Q Reactive power S Apparent power Cos Fii Cosine ToCalc Phasor sum It Ine Ins Il Positive sequence current I2 Negative sequence current I2 I1 Relative negative sequence current
74. can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters Parameters of the programmable stages PrgN 99 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Link See Name for the supervised signal Set Table 2 28 1 According Value of the supervised signal to Link Cmp Mode of comparison Set gt Over protection lt Under protection Pickup Pick up value scaled to primary level Pickup pu Pick up setting in pu Set t s Definite operation time Set Hyster Dead band setting Set NoCmp pu Minimum value to start under Set comparison Mode lt Set An editable parameter password needed m VAP ie 134 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 28 Programmable stages 99 C Can be cleared to zero F
75. class III 2 kV 5 50 ns 5 kHz Surge EN 61000 4 5 class III 2 kV 1 2 50 us common mode 1 kV 1 2 50 ps differential mode Conducted HF field EN 61000 4 6 0 15 80 MHz 10 V m Emitted HF field EN 61000 4 3 80 1000 MHz 10 V m GSM test ENV 50204 900 MHz 10 V m pulse modulated e e 9 2 2 Dielectric test voltages Insulation test voltage IEC 60255 5 2 kV 50 Hz 1 min Class III Surge voltage IEC 60255 5 5 kV 1 2 50 us 0 5 J Class III e 9 2 3 Mechanical tests Vibration IEC 60255 21 1 10 60 Hz amplitude 0 035 mm Class I 60 150 Hz acceleration 0 5g sweep rate 1 octave min 20 periods in X Y and Z axis direction Shock IEC 60255 21 1 half sine acceleration 5 g duration 11 ms Class I 3 shocks in X Y and Z axis direction e ege 9 2 4 Environmental conditions Operating temperature 10 to 55 C Transport and storage temperature 40 to 70 C Relative humidity lt 75 1 year average value lt 90 30 days per year no condensation permitted e 9 2 5 Casing Degree of protection IEC 60529 IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 208 x 155 x 225 mm Material 1 mm steel plate Weight 4 2 kg Colour code RAL 7032 Casing RAL 7035 Back plate M JAR ie 318 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions 9 2 6 Packag
76. dependent protection functions are relative to motor s nominal current Imot The motor protection mode enables motor protection functions All functions which are available in the feeder protection mode are also available in the motor protection mode Default value of the application mode is the feeder protection mode The application mode can be changed with VAMPSET software or from CONF menu of the device Changing the application mode requires configurator password Current protection function dependencies The current based protection functions are relative to Imode which is dependent of the application mode In the motor protection mode all of the current based functions are relative to Imot and in the feeder protection mode to In with following exceptions I2 gt 46 I2 gt gt 47 Ist gt 48 N gt 66 are always dependent on Imot and they are only available when application mode is in the motor protection en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 53 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Overcurrent protection is used against short circuit faults and heavy overloads The overcurrent function measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase currents Whenever this value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular sta
77. fault 3 N Ground fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Flt xImode Maximum fault current Load xImode 1 s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 57 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection lair gt 67 Directional overcurrent protection can be used for directional short circuit protection Typical applications are e Short circuit protection of two parallel cables or overhead lines in a radial network e Short circuit protection of a looped network with single feeding point e Short circuit protection of a two way feeder which usually supplies loads but is used in special cases as an incoming feeder e Directional overcurrent protection in low impedance earthed networks Please note that in this case the device has to connected to line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages In other words the voltage measurement mode has to be 3LN See chapter 4 7 The stages are sensitive to the amplitude of the highest fundamental frequency current of the three measured phase currents The phase angle is based on the phase angle of the three phase power phasor For details of
78. for IL average of the three phase currents At 0 A the transducer ouput is 0 mA at 300 A the output is 20 mA ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 219 4 12 Analogue outputs option 4 Measurement functions Technical description Example 2 Coupling Uline Scaled minimum OV Scaled maximum 15000 V Analogue output minimum value 4 mA Analogue output maximum value 20 mA Analogue mAscaling_2 output Uime t t t t t t gt 15000 V Figure 4 12 1 2 Example of mA scaling for Uline the average of the line to line voltages At 0O V the transducer ouput is 4 mA at 15000 V the output is 20 mA Example 3 Coupling Q Scaled minimum 2000 kVar Scaled maximum 6000 kVar Analogue output minimum value 4 mA Analogue output maximum value 20 mA Analogue 4 mAScaling_3 output mA 720 Q t t t t t t t gt 2000 6000 kVar Figure 4 12 1 3 Example of mA scaling for bi directional power At 2000 kVar the transducer output is 4 mA at 0 kVar it is 8 mA and at 6000 kVar the output is 20 mA en JAR ie 220 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 1 Output relays 5 5 1 Control functions Output relays The output relays are also called digital outputs Any internal signal can be connected to the output relays using output matrix An output relay can be configured as latche
79. group for the appropriate over current stage with inrush detect signal It is also possible to use the detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time ee JAR ie 164 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush current detection NOTE Inrush detection is based on FFT calculation which recuires full cycle of data for analyzing the harmonic content Therefore when using inrush blocking function the cold load pick up starting conditions are used for activating the inrush blocking when the current rise is noticed If in the signal is found second harmonic component after 1 st cycle the blocking is continued otherwise 2 nd harmonic based blocking signal is released Inrush blocking is recommended to be used into time delayed overcurrent stages while non blocked instant overcurrent stage is set to 20 higher than expected inrush current By this scheme fast reaction time in short circuit faults during the energization can be achieved while time delayed stages are blocked by inrush function O Pekups m san A E E a a i ccc ccc a Cold l load Cok load and Inrush No activation because the current has not been under the set Iae current Current dropped under the Iae current level but now it stays between the Iae current and the pick up current for over 80ms No activation because the phase two las
80. gt 3I gt gt gt Overcurrent protection X X X 67 o Directional overcurrent protection xX x 46 I gt Current unbalance protection in feeder x x x mode 46 I gt Current unbalance protection in motor xIx x mode 47 gt gt Incorrect phase sequence protection X X xX 48 I gt Stall protection xX X x 66 N gt Frequent start protection XIX X 37 I lt Undercurrent protection XIX X 67N Ioo gt Lop gt gt Directional earth fault protection X X X gt I gt Io gt gt gt 50N 51N o Io Earth fault protection xIx x 67NT Ior gt Intermittent transient earth fault xxix protection Capacitor bank unbalance protection X X X 59C U gt Capacitor overvoltage protection X 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Zero sequence voltage protection X X X 49 T gt Thermal overload protection XIX X 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection X X 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection X X 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower protection X X 81H 81L f gt lt f gt gt lt lt ie and underfrequency x x 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection X X 831R df dt oe of frequency ROCOF x x 25 Af AU A Synchrocheck X X 51F2 I gt Second harmonic O C stage X X X 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection XIX xX 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages X X X 50ARC ArcI gt ArcIo gt Optional arc fault protection 50NARC Arcloz gt S ei ee Supporting functions Event log Xx xX X Disturbance recorder X X X
81. gt gt trip IDir gt start IDir gt trip Figure 5 4 1 Output matrix Blocking matrix By means of a blocking matrix the operation of any protection stage can be blocked The blocking signal can originate from the digital inputs DI1 to DI6 20 or it can be a start or trip signal from a protection stage or an output signal from the user s programmable logic In the block matrix Figure 5 5 1 an active blocking is indicated with a black dot in the crossing point of a blocking signal and the signal to be blocked In VAMP 230 245 display shows 20 DI even only 6 of them are available Digital input 19 amp 20 are only available with DI19 DI20 option Output_matix Output relays Operation LILILILILILILILS indicators HHHHHHHH 888g Block matrix S Relay matrix Reset all latches Figure 5 5 1 Blocking matrix and output matrix Digital Inputs VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 225 5 6 Controllable objects 5 Control functions Technical description 5 6 Controllable objects The device allows controlling of six objects that is circuit breakers disconnectors and earthing switches Controlling can be done by select execute or direct control principle The logic functions can be used to configure interlocking for a safe controlling before the output pulse is issued The objects 1 6 are controllable while the objects 7 8 are only able to show the status Controlling
82. indicator signal VOx Virtual output ee JAR ie 60 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Ip gt Ip gt gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Ig gt Ip gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 30 IEEE Set IEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 30 VI Set EI LTI Para meters t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset Mode Dir Directional mode 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset Angle offset in degrees Set g Measured power angle U1 Un Measured positive sequence voltage A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 30 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable pa
83. input virtual input or virtual output LOCALPANEL CONF Display backlight ctrl setting is used for selecting trigger input for backlight control When the selected input activates rising edge display backlight is set on for 60 minutes 2 1 2 Menu navigation and pointers 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu that is on the left hand side of the display The active main menu option is indicated with a cursor The options in the main menu items are abbreviations e g Evnt events 2 After any selection the arrow symbols in the upper left corner of the display show the possible navigating directions applicable navigation keys in the menu 3 The name of the active submenu and a possible ANSI code of the selected function are shown in the upper part of the display e g CURRENTS 4 Further each display holds the measured values and units of one or more quantities or parameters e g Lmax 300A 2 1 3 Keypad You can navigate in the menu and set the required parameter values using the keypad and the guidance given in the display Furthermore the keypad is used to control objects and switches on the single line diagram display The keypad is composed of four arrow keys one cancel key one enter key and one info key nappalin Figure 2 1 8 1 Keys on the keypad Enter and confirmation key ENTER Cancel key CANCEL Up Down Increase Decrease arrow keys UP DOWN Keys for selecting sub
84. is connected parallel with the auxiliary contact of the open coil of the circuit breaker e Another auxiliary contact is connected in series with the circuitry of the first digital input This makes it possible to supervise also the auxiliary contact in the trip circuit e The second digital input is connected in parallel with the trip contacts e Both inputs are configured as normal closed NC e The user s programmable logic is used to combine the digital input signals with an AND port The delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superfluous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed e The output from the logic is connected to a relay in the output matrix giving out any trip circuit alarm e The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching e Both digital inputs must have their own common potential Using the other digital inputs in the same group as the upper DI in the Figure 7 5 2 1 is not possible in most applications Using the other digital inputs in the same group as the lower DI in the Figure 7 5 2 1 is limited because the whole group will be tied to the auxiliary voltage Vaux Note In many applications the optimum digital inputs for trip circuit supervision are the optional inputs DI19 and DI20 because they don t share their terminals with an
85. is possible by the following ways o through the local HMI o through a remote communication o through a digital input The connection of an object to specific output relays is done via an output matrix object 1 6 open output object 1 65 close output There is also an output signal Object failed which is activated if the control of an object fails Object states Each object has the following states Setting Value Description Undefined 00 Open Actual state of the Object state Close object Undefined 11 Basic settings for controllable objects Each controllable object has the following settings Setting Value Description DI for obj open None any digital Open information DI for obj close input virtual input Close information DI for obj ready or virtual output Ready information Max ctrl pulse length 0 02 600 s Pulse length for open and close commands Completion timeout 0 02 600 s Timeout of ready indication Object control Open Close Direct object control If changing states takes longer than the time defined by Max ctrl pulse length setting object fails and Object failure matrix signal is set Also undefined event is generated Completion timeout is only used for the ready indication If DI for obj ready is not set completion timeout has no meaning ee JAR ie 226 VAMP
86. k 1 06 and kO 1 and the current has been zero for a long time and thus the initial temperature rise is 0 At time 50 minutes the current changes to 0 85xImopg and the temperature rise starts to approach value 0 85 1 06 64 according the time constant At time 300 min the temperature is about stable and the current increases to 5 over the maximum defined by the rated current and the service factor k The temperature rise starts to approach value 110 At about 340 minutes the temperature rise is 100 and a trip follows ee JAR ie 104 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 Initial temperature rise after restart When the device is switched on an initial temperature rise of 70 is used Depending of the actual current the calculated temperature rise then starts to approach the final value Alarm function The thermal overload stage is provided with a separately settable alarm function When the alarm limit is reached the stage activates its start signal Temperature rise thermbeh overload l 100 Omax alarm Reset ratio 95 80 Op 60 40 Settings T 30 minutes k 1 06 alarm 90 20 0 Alarm Trip lt gt Tax k Iy Tovertoap 1 05 I ax l 1 I 45 min I 0 85 1y i l l 100 min 200 min 300 min 400 min 500 m
87. measurements P Q S only in VAMP 255 230 Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 VAsgc The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Power factor Inaccuracy IPF gt 0 5 0 02 unit The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Energy counters E Eqt E Eq Inaccuracy PF gt 0 5 1 of value or 3 Whsecondary 1 h The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz THD and harmonics Inaccuracy I U gt 0 1 PU 2 units Update rate Once a second The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Transducer mA outputs The transducer outputs are optional see chapter 12 Inaccuracy 20 pA the error of the linked value Response time dead time 250 ms time constant t 50 ms ee JAR ie 200 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 2 RMS values 4 2 RMS values RMS currents The device calculates the RMS value of each phase current The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 2 Lins Jia I t I 5 RMS voltages The device calculates the RMS value of each voltage input The minimum and the maximum of RMS values are recorded and stored see chapter 4 5 2 2 2 U ms JUa U p U gs M VAMP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 201 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic 4 Measurement functions Technical
88. of the timer Off hh mm ss De activation time of the timer Mode For each four timers there are 12 different modes available The timer is off and not running The output is off i e O all the time Daily The timer switches on and off once every day Monday The timer switches on and off every Monday Tuesday The timer switches on and off every Tuesday Wednesday The timer switches on and off every Wednesday Thursday The timer switches on and off every Thursday Friday The timer switches on and off every Friday Saturday The timer switches on and off every Saturday Sunday The timer switches on and off every Sunday MTWTF The timer switches on and off every day except Saturdays and Sundays MTWTFS The timer switches on and off every day except Sundays SatSun The timer switches on and off every Saturday and Sunday m JAR ie 188 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 13 Combined overcurrent status 3 13 Combined overcurrent status This function is collecting faults fault types and registered fault currents of all enabled overcurrent stages Line fault parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note IFltLas xImode Current of the latest overcurrent fault Set LINE ALARM AlrL1 AlrL2 AlrL3 Start alarm status for each phase O No start since alarm ClrDly 1 Start is on OCs
89. other parameter On the local panel scanning the event buffer back and forth is possible Event enabling masking In case of an uninteresting event it can be masked which prevents the particular event s to be written in the event buffer As a default there is room for 200 latest events in the buffer Event buffer size can be modified from 50 to 2000 in all v 10 xx softwares Modification can be done in Local panel conf menu Alarm screen popup screen can also be enabled in this same menu when Vampset setting tool is used The oldest one ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 157 3 1 Event log 3 Supporting functions Technical description will be overwritten when a new event does occur The shown resolution of a time stamp is one millisecond but the actual resolution depends of the particular function creating the event For example most protection stages create events with 10 ms or 20 ms resolution The absolute accuracy of all time stamps depends on the time synchronizing of the relay See chapter 3 10 for system clock synchronizing Event buffer overflow The normal procedure is to poll events from the device all the time If this is not done the event buffer will eventually overflow On the local screen this is indicated with string OVF after the event code Setting parameters for events Parameter Value Description Note Cou
90. peia an Jel e Bn gt ES VS Se ior B T IS VT ES VT nor S ETI L1 J3LONJY K A Y S STI 28 TTI INIM YT O OIN oO TIN OT OJON OOA 269 Figure 8 1 1 1 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 255 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 en VAR ie VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view VW YOVASSZANWYVA DS Bn en Is v ESV Zol 60 28 VI z gt rsyvt ae no o ES em gt ts em L1 SLOWSY ESTN A KA a971 S TTI S TI INIM Yt OOo NO SINI T OJ ONJ OO 1 a a 1 1 i lt INIM t OAO OoN ooa VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h suppo
91. phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection I0T gt 67NT between Uo gt and Ior gt more simple the start signal of the transient stage Ior gt in an outgoing feeder can be used to block the Uo gt backup protection Co ordination with the normal directional earth fault protection based on fundamental frequency signals The intermittent transient earth fault protection stage Ior gt should always be used together with the normal directional earth fault protection stages Io gt Ip gt gt The transient stage Ior gt may in worst case detect the start of a steady earth fault in wrong direction but will not trip because the peak value of a steady state sine wave Io signal must also exceed the corresponding base frequency component s peak value in order to make the Ior gt to trip The operation time of the transient stage Ior gt should be lower than the settings of any directional earth fault stage to avoid any unnecessary trip from the Ig gt Ip gt gt stages The start signal of the Ior gt stage can be also used to block I gt I gt gt stages of all paralell feeders Auto reclosing The start signal of any I gt stage initiating auto reclosing AR can be used to block the Ior gt stage to avoid the Ior gt stage with a long intermittent setting to interfere with the AR cycle in the middle of discrimination time Usually t
92. port X4 This is a non isolated RS 485 port for external I O devices The port is located in the same rear panel D9S connector X4 as the local port but pins 7 8 5 are used instead of the standard RS 232 pins 2 3 5 used by the local port See Figure 6 1 1 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 108 slave ExternalIO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of actual 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits Default P parity none even odd 38400 8N1 for S number of stop bits VAMPSET Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAR ie 240 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical d
93. power direction see chapter 4 9 A typical characteristic is shown in Figure 2 6 1 The base angle setting is 30 The stage will pick up if the tip of the three phase current phasor gets into the grey area NOTE If the maximum possible earth fault current is greater than the used most sensitive directional over current setting the device has to be connected to the line to neutral voltages instead of line to line voltages in order to get the right direction for earth faults too For networks having the maximum possible earth fault current less than the over current setting use 67N the directional earth fault stages Im 90 4 2 ind cap A SET gt 0 tres res Be TRIP AREA BASE ANGLE 30 A lras ind 90 Idir_angle2 Figure 2 6 1 Example of protection area of the directional overcurrent function ee JAR ie 58 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 Two modes are available directional and non directional Figure 2 6 2 In the non directional mode the stage is acting just like an ordinary overcurrent 50 51 stage 90 90 ind cap ind cap Ta x DIRECTIONAL NON DIRECTIONAL SET SET VALUE D VALUE Ci Tes res ee res BASE ANGLE 0 TRIP AREA TRIP AREA cap ind cap ind 90 90 I
94. s 0 50 df dt operational delay tMin gt 0 14 10 0 s 0 50 df dt minimum delay S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled z Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled z Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Description Measured f Hz Frequency value df dt Hz s Frequency rate of change Recorded SCntr Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt Hz s Max rate of change fault value EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping ee JAR ie 120 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 The device includes a function that will check synchronism when the circuit breaker is closed The function will monitor voltage amplitude frequency and phase angle difference between two voltages Since there are two stages available it is possible to monitor three voltages The voltages can be busbar and line or busbar and busbar bus coupler The synchrocheck causes that the normal measuring modes cannot be used Therefore 2LL LLy 1LL Uo LLy or LL LLy LLz voltage measuring mode must be selected to enable synchrocheck function If 2LL L
95. setting groups and other applications that require actions based on calendar time Each timer has its own settings The selected on time and off time is set and then the activation of the timer can be set to be as daily or according the day of week See the setting parameters for details The timer outputs are available for logic functions and for the block and output matrix Monda Tuesday Wednesday Thursda Frida Saturda Sunda not in use Diy i a G a S a G Monday Tuesday fC Wednesday esi Thusday aaa U x RS Friday U Saturday Sunday U MIWTF S a S a LPL MIWTFS A a S a A a A aa Oa SatSun Figure 3 12 1 Timer output sequence in different modes The user can force any timer which is in use on or off The forcing is done by writing a new status value No forcing flag is needed as in forcing i e the output relays The forced time is valid until the next forcing or until the next reversing timed act from the timer itself The status of each timer is stored in non volatile memory when the auxiliary power is switched off At start up the status of each timer is recovered m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 187 3 12 Timers 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of timers Parameter Value Description TimerN Timer status Not in use 0 Output is inactive 1 Output is active On hh mm ss Activation time
96. signal Relay output matrix has a delayed light indication output signal Delayed Arc L gt available for building selective arc protection systems Any light source combination and a delay can be configured starting from 0 01 s to 0 15 s The resulting signal is available in the output matrix to be connected to BO output relays etc Pick up scaling The per unit pu values for pick up setting are based on the current transformer values Arcl gt 1 pu 1xIn rated phase current CT value Arclo1 gt 1 pu 1xIo1n rated residual current CT value for input Io1 Arclo2 gt 1 pu 1xIoen rated residual current CT value for input loz ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 137 2 29 Arc fault protection 2 Protection functions Technical description S50ARC 50NARC optional Parameters of arc protection stages Arcl gt ArcloiA Arclo2 gt SOARC S50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Start Light detected according ArcIn F Trip Light and overcurrent detected F LCntr Cumulative light indication C counter S1 S2 or BI SCntr Cumulative light indication C counter for the selected inputs according parameter ArcIn TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Valu
97. start will heat up the motor considerably because the initial currents are significantly above the rated current If the motor manufacturer has defined the maximum number of starts within on hour or and the minimum time between two consecutive starts this stage is easy to apply to prevent too frequent starts When the current has been less than 10 of Imot and then exceeds I gt the situation is recognized as a start When the current is less than 10 of Imot the motor is regarded as stopped The stage will give a start signal when the second last start has been done The trip signal is normally activated and released when there are no starts left Figure 2 11 1 shows an application ee JAR im VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 71 2 11 Frequent start protection N gt 66 2 Protection functions Technical description STOP START q VAMP relay Output matrix I gt start I gt trip N gt alarm N gt motor start inhibit Tl A Al W NStageAppl Figure 2 11 1 Application for preventing too frequent starting using the N gt stage The relay Al has been configured to be normal closed The start is Just an alarm telling that there is only one start left at the moment Parameters of the frequent start protection N gt 66 Parameter Value unit Description Measured Mot strs Mot
98. state when the trip circuit is complete This is applicable for dry inputs DI7 DI20 ee JAR ie 258 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision VAMP relay V aux 24 Vdc 240 Vdc FTT TT Trip relay AH Alarm relay for trip circuit failure trip circuit failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control eee ee ee ee TCS1Dlopen Figure 7 5 1 2 Trip circuit supervision using a single dry digital input when the circuit breaker is in open position Note If for example DI7 is used for trip circuit supervision the usage of DI8 DI14 is limited to the same circuitry sharing the Vaux in the common terminal DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS On on On On On On off Figure 7 5 1 3 An example of digital input DI7 configuration for trip circuit supervision with one dry digital input ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 259 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description OUTPUT MATRIX 1 R B T4 M A connected connected and latched DI Figure 7 5 1 4 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with one dry digital input Example of dimensioning the external resistor R Uaux 110 Vdc 20 10 Auxiliary voltage with tolerance Up 18Vdc Threshold voltage of the digital input Inr
99. the particular stage will be blocked when the biggest of the three line to line voltages drops below the given limit The idea is to avoid purposeless tripping when voltage is switched off If the operating time is less than 0 08 s the blocking level setting should not be less than 15 to the blocking action to be enough fast The self blocking can be disabled by setting the low voltage block limit equal to zero ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 109 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 2 Protection functions Technical description 27 Figure 2 21 1shows an example of low voltage self blocking A The maximum of the three line to line voltages ULLmax is below the block limit This is not regarded as an under voltage situation ee The voltage ULLminis above the block limit but below the pick up level This is an undervoltage situation Voltage is OK because it is above the pick up limit This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK This is an under voltage situation Qdimnea The voltage ULLmin is under block limit and this is not regarded as an under voltage situation This is an under voltage situation Voltage is OK Same as G Voltage is OK Ao nm Uitm max U U U31 UunderSelfBlocking dead band epee lee ere face eee rere U lt setting block limit time U lt under voltage state Figure 2 21 1 Under voltage st
100. the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Cbrelay The supervised output relay Set 1 N Relay T1 T2 VAMP 230 245 Relay T1 T4 VAMP 255 t gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on This setting is used by the circuit breaker condition monitoring too See chapter 3 8 Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp and elapsed delay M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 131 2 28 Programmable stages 99 2 Protection functions Technical description Recorded values of the circuit breaker failure stage 8 latest faults CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip 2 28 Programmable stages 99 For special applications the user can built his own protection stages by selecting the supervised signal and the comparison mode The following parameters
101. unit scaling Uo 19 2 Ui 38 5 U2 19 2 UXU 50 Figure 4 10 2 shows a graphical solution The input values have been scaled with V3 100 to make the calculation easier Positive sequence FortescueEx3 U 2 3 2 2 aU U aUL Injected line to neutral voltages U Negative sequence L1 U 1 3 Figure 4 10 2 Example of symmetric component calculation using line to neutral voltages Unscaling the geometric results gives Ui 100 V3 x 2 3 38 5 Uz 100V3x 1 3 19 2 Ue U1 1 3 2 3 50 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Many measurement values are shown as primary values although the device is connected to secondary signals Some measurement values are shown as relative values per unit or per cent Almost all pick up setting values are using relative scaling The scaling is done using the given CT VT in feeder mode and furthermore motor name plate values in motor mode The following scaling equations are useful when doing secondary testing ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 213 4 11 Primary secondary and per 4 Measurement functions unit scaling Technical description 4 11 1 Current scaling NOTE The rated value of the device s current input 5 A 1A or 0 2 A does not have any effect in the scaling equations but it defines the measurement range and the maximum allowed continuous current See chapter 9 1 1 for details Pri
102. voltage transformer circuitry the blown fuse prevents or distorts the voltage measurement Therefore an alarm should be issued Furthermore in some applications protection functions using voltage signals should be blocked to avoid false tripping The VT supervisor function measures the three phase voltages and currents The negative sequence voltage U2 and the negative sequence currentl2 are calculated If Uz exceed the Us gt setting and at the same time Iz is less than the Ie lt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has elapsed Setting parameters of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Default Description U2 gt 0 0 200 0 Un 34 6 Upper setting for VT supervisor I2 lt 0 0 200 0 In 100 0 Lower setting for VT supervisor t gt 0 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay VT on On Off On VT supervisor on event VT off On Off 5 On VT supervisor off event Measured and recorded values of VT supervisor VTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured U2 Un Measured negative value sequence voltage I2 In Measured negative sequence current Recorded Date g Date of VT supervision Values alarm Time 5 Time of VT supervision alarm U2 Un Recorded negative sequence voltage I2 In Recorded negative sequence current M VAP ie 172 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical desc
103. 0 2 1 0 Hz s This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 NOTE ROCOF stage is using same low voltage blocking with frequency stages 9 3 6 Power protection Reverse power and under power stages P lt P lt lt 32 Pick up setting range 200 0 200 0 Pm Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 500 ms Reset ratio 1 05 Inaccuracy Starting 3 of set value or 0 5 of rated value Operating time at definite time function 1 or 150 ms Only in VAMP 255 230 NOTE When pick up setting is 1 200 an internal block will be activated if max voltage of all phases drops below 5 of rated ee JAR ie 328 VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions 9 3 7 Synchrocheck function This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Sync mode Off ASync Sync Voltage check mode DD DL LD DD DL DD LD DL LD DD DL LD CB closing time 0 04 0 6 s Uacaa limit setting 10 120 Un Ulive limit setting 10 120 Un Frequency difference 0 01 1 00 Hz Voltage difference 1 60 Un Phase angle difference 2 90 deg Request timeout 0 1 600 0 s Stage operation range 46 0 64 0
104. 0 25 030 Time s InrushCurrentLoad0 Figure 4 1 Example of various current values of a transformer inrush current 4 1 Measurement accuracy Measurement accuracy Phase current inputs lun Iz l3 Measuring range 25mA 250 A Inaccuracy I lt 7 5A 0 5 of value or 15 mA I gt 7 5A 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Voltage inputs Ua Us Uc The usage of voltage inputs depends on the configuration parameter voltage measurement mode For example Ue is the zero sequence voltage input Uo if the mode 2LL Uo is selected In VAMP 245 it has only one voltage input Uo Measuring range 0 160 V Inaccuracy 0 5 or 0 3 V The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 199 4 1 Measurement accuracy 4 Measurement functions Technical description Residual current inputs loi lo2 The rated input In is 5A 1 A or 0 2 A It is specified in the order code of the device Measuring range 0 10 xIn VAMP 255 0 5 xIn VAMP 245 230 Inaccuracy I lt 1 5 xIn 0 3 of value or 0 2 of In I gt 1 5xIhn 3 of value The specified frequency range is 45 Hz 65 Hz Frequency In VAMP 255 230 the frequency is measured from voltage signals In VAMP 245 is measured from current signals Measuring range 16 Hz 75 Hz Inaccuracy 10 mHz Power
105. 00 V The device displays 1 00 pu 100 gt Three symmetric phase to neutral voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua Up and U are Uszrc 1 00x110 V3x11000 12000 58 2 V ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 217 4 11 Primary secondary and per 4 Measurement functions Technical description unit scaling Per unit pu scaling of zero sequence voltage Zero sequence voltage Uo scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 3LN 2LL Uo 1LL Uo0 LLy U w secondary gt U py yy 1 U U U oe per unit U dane pu Weac V3 per unit gt U szc U py Upon Ua U U 3 U py Wore secondary JEG Example 1 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo0 Uosec 110 V This is a configuration value corresponding to Uo at full earth fault Voltage connected to the device s input Uc is 22 V gt Per unit voltage is Upu 22 110 0 20 pu 20 Example 2 Secondary to per unit Voltage measurement mode is 3 LN VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua is 38 1 V while Ua Ub 0 Per unit voltage is Uru 38 1 0 0 V3x110 0 20 pu 20 Example 3 Per unit to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Uosrc 110 V This is a configuration value corresponding to Uo at full earth fault The device displays Uo 20 Secondary voltage at input Uc is
106. 108 250 h 23 a Example 3 Average active exported power is 20 MW Peak active exported power is 70 MW Pulse size is 60 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 25 0 060 416 7 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 70 0 060 1166 7 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1167 0 2 2 8 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x109 417 h 14a Example 4 Average active exported power is 1900 kW Peak active exported power is 50 MW Pulse size is 10 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 1900 10 190 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 50000 10 5000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 5000 0 2 0 5 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x108 190 h 30 a ee JAR ie 180 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 9 Energy pulse outputs VAMP device Active exported E energy pulses Reactive exported 4 E energy pulses 4 Active imported _ energy pulses Reactive imported p energy pulses 4 PLC Pulse counter input 1 Pulse counter input 2 Pulse counter input 3 Pulse counter input 4 _pubecontl Figure 3 9 2 Application example of wiring the energy pulse outputs to a PLC having common plus and using an external wetting voltage VAMP device Active exported energy pulses Reactive exported 45 E energy pulses 4
107. 15 Inverse delay of Figure 2 30 1 16 Inverse delay of type RI type RXIDG ee JAR ie 154 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 30 2 Free parametrisation using IEC IEEE and IEEE2 equations This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function constants i e the parameters A E The idea is to use the standard equations with one s own constants instead of the standardized constants as in the previous chapter Example for GE IAC51 delay type inverse k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2pu A 0 2078 B 0 8630 C 0 8000 D 0 4180 E 0 1947 0 5 0 2078 0 8630 x 0 4180 0 1947 0 37 a ee a The operation time in this example will be 0 37 seconds The resulting time current characteristic of this example matches quite well with the characteristic of the old electromechanical IAC51 induction disc relay Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will become active if interpolation with the given parameters is not possible See chapter 2 30 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 30 for more details ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support ph
108. 1Tri On Off On AR AR1 final trip off event AR2Tri On Off On AR AR2 final trip off event Shot settings DeadT 0 02 300 00 s 5 00 The dead time setting for this shot This is a common setting for all the AR lines in this shot AR1 On Off Off Indicates if this AR signal starts this shot AR2 On Off Off Indicates if this AR signal starts this shot Start1 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR1 Start delay setting for this shot ee JAR ie 232 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 Start2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Start delay setting for this shot Discr1 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR1 Discrimination time setting for this shot Discr2 0 02 300 00 s 0 02 AR2 Discrimination time setting for this shot Measured and recorded values of AR function Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Obj1 UNDEFINED Object 1 OF OPEN state recorded CLOSE vue OPEN_REQUEST CLOSE_REQUEST READY NOT_READY INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE FAIL Status INIT AR function RECLAIM_TIME state READY WAIT_CB_OPEN WAIT_CB_CLOSE DISCRIMINATION_TIME LOCKED FINAL_TRIP CB_FAIL INHIBIT Shot Lee The currently running shot ReclT RECLAIMTIME The STARTTIME currently DEADTIME running time DISCRIMINATIONTIME or last executed SCntr Total start counter Fail The
109. 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description Available data VAMPSET will show the list of all available data items for both modes A separate document Profibus Parameters pdf is also available The Profibus DP communication is activated usually for remote port via a menu selection with parameter Protocol See chapter 6 1 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Profile selection Set Cont Continuous mode Reqst Request mode bit s 2400 bps Communication speed from the main CPU to the Profibus converter The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s Emode Event numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems InBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 1 3 Rx buffer data to the master OutBuf bytes Size of Profibus master s 2 3 Tx buffer data from the master Addr 1 247 This address has to be Set unique within the Profibus network system Conv Converter type No converter recognized 4 VE Converter type VE is recognized Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 In continuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data item to be send to the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 2 In co
110. 20 ms m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 205 4 7 Voltage measurement mode 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 7 Voltage measurement mode Depending on the application and available voltage transformers the device can be connected either to line to line voltages or phase to ground voltages The configuration parameter Voltage measurement mode must be set according the used connection The available modes are e 2LL Uo The device is connected to line to line voltages U12 and U23 and to zero sequence voltage Uo The phase to ground voltages are calculated See Figure 8 9 1 1for VAMP 255 and Figure 8 9 3 1 for VAMP 230 The network must use only three wires Any neutral wire must not exist e SLN The device is connected to phase to ground voltages Ui Ur2 and Urs The zero sequence voltage is calculated See Figure 8 9 1 2 for VAMP 255 and Figure 8 9 3 2 for VAMP 230 There may exist a neutral wire e 1LL Uo LLy This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 2 2971 e 2LL LLy This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 2 2571 e LL LLy LLz This mode is used with the synchrocheck function See Table 225 1 The overvoltage protection is always based on the line to line voltage regardless of the measurement mode NOTE The voltage measurements are only available in VAMP 255 230 VAMP 245 includes only zero seque
111. 255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card type has value 2Arc BI O Please check the ordering code in chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the DI19 DI20 digital input card this option is not available but there is still one arc sensor channel available See chapter 8 5 The optional arc protection card includes two arc sensor channels The arc sensors are connected to terminals X6 4 5 and 6 7 The arc information can be transmitted and or received through digital input and output channels This is a 48 V dc signal Connections X6 1 Binary input BD X6 2 Binary output BO X6 3 Common for BI and BO X6 4 5 Sensor 1 X6 6 7 Sensor 2 The binary output of the arc option card may be activated by the arc sensors or by any available signal in the output matrix The binary output can be connected to an arc binary input of another VAMP protection device M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 291 8 5 Optional digital I O card 8 Connections Technical description DI19 DI20 8 5 Optional digital I O card DI19 DI20 NOTE When this option card is installed the parameter Arc card type has value Arc 2DI With DI19 DI20 option only one arc sensor channel is available Please check the ordering code in
112. 264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 1 Event log 3 3 1 Supporting functions Event log Event log is a buffer of event codes and time stamps including date and time For example each start on start off trip on or trip off of any protection stage has a unique event number code Such a code and the corresponding time stamp is called an event The event codes are listed in a separate document Modbus_Profibus_Spabus_event pdf As an example of information included with a typical event an overvoltage trip event of the first 59 stage U gt is shown in the following table EVENT Description Local Communication panel protocols Code 1E2 Channel 30 Yes Yes event 2 I gt trip on Event text Yes No 2 7 x In Fault value Yes No 2007 01 31 Date Yes Yes 08 35 13 413 Time Yes Yes Type U12 23 31 Fault type Yes No Events are the major data for a SCADA system SCADA systems are reading events using any of the available communication protocols Event log can also be scanned using the front panel or using VAMPSET With VAMSET the events can be stored to a file especially in case the device is not connected to any SCADA system Only the latest event can be read when using communication protocols or VAMPSET Every reading increments the internal read pointer to the event buffer In case of communication error the latest event can be reread any number of times using an
113. 2pu A 0 14 B 0 02 ja 0 50 0 14 50 0 02 a M VAP ie 144 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation The operation time in this example will be 5 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 30 1 1 a IEC NI a IEC El 400 400 200 200 100 80 60 40 100 80 60 40 20 20 delay s delay s 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 04 k 2 k 1 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 k 0 5 0 08 0 08 E oe ka 006 0 06 0 05 k 0 1 k 0 2 1 2 3 45678 10 20 1 2 3 45678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEC_NT T Iset inverseDelayIEC_EI Figure 2 80 1 1 IEC normal inverse Figure 2 30 1 2 IEC extremely delay inverse delay so 600 IEC LTI 400 400 200 200 k 20 100 100 80 80 k 10 60 60 40 40 es 20 20 k 2 10 19 8 k 1 Ss es 4 gt 4 k 0 5 oO o 2 S 2 k 0 2 4 1 0 8 0 8 k 0 1 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 k 0 05 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 k 0 1 0 08 008 i 283 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 45678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEC_VI T Iset inverseDelayIEC_LTI Figure 2 30 1 3 IEC very inverse Figure 2 380 1 4 IEC long time delay inverse delay IEEE ANSI inverse time operation There are three different delay types according IEEE Std C37 112 1996 MI VI EI and many de facto versions according Table 2 30 1 3
114. 4 together See Figure 6 1 1 Protocol for the local port The front panel port is always using the command line protocol for VAMPSET regardless of the selected protocol for the rear panel local port If other than None protocol is selected for the rear panel local port the front panel connector when activated is still using the plain command line interface with the original speed parity etc For example if the rear panel local port is used for remote VAMPSET communication using SPA bus default 9600 7E1 it is possible to temporarily connect a PC with VAMPSET to the front panel connector with the default 38400 8N1 While the front panel connector is in use the rear panel local port is disabled The communication parameter display on the local display will show the active parameter values for the local port Physical interface The physical interface of this port is RS 232 en JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 237 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for the Set rear panel local port None Command line interface for VAMPSET SpaBus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0
115. 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description The power rating for the external resistor is calculated using Equation 7 5 1 5 This equation includes a 100 safety margin to limit the maximum temperature of the resistor because modern resistors are extremely hot at their rated maximum power Equation 7 5 1 5 P 2 Te inn R P 2 0 0061 2x1500 0 11 W Select the next bigger standard size for example 0 5 W When the trip contacts are still closed and the CB is already open the resistor has to withstand much higher power Equation 7 5 1 3 for this short time P 1212 1500 9 8 W A 1 W resistor should be selected to withstand this short time peak power However if the trip relay can be closed for longer time than a few seconds a 20 W resistor should be used ee JAR ie 264 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 5 2 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs The benefits of this scheme is that no external resistor is needed The drawbacks are that two digital inputs from two separate groups are needed and two extra wires from the relay to the CB compartment is needed Additionally the minimum allowed auxiliary voltage is 48 Vdc which is more than twice the threshold voltage of the dry digital input because when the CB is in open position the two digital inputs are in series e The first digital input
116. A input although the CT is 5 A or 1A This increases the measurement accuracy The rated CT secondary may also be less than the rated input but the measurement accuracy near zero current will decrease MOTOR CURRENT e Rated current of the motor VOLTAGE SCALING Rated VT primary voltage Uprim Rated VT secondary voltage Usec Rated Uo VT secondary voltage Uosec Voltage measuring mode Umode UNITS FOR MIMIC DISPLAY e Unit for voltages V The choices are V volt or kV kilovolt e Scaling for active reactive and apparent power Power The choices are k for kW kvar and kVA or M for MW Mvar and MVA DEVICE INFO e Manager type Type VAMP 2XX e Serial number SerN e J Software version PrgVer Bootcode version BootVer DATE TIME SETUP e Day month and year Date e Time of day Time e Date format Style The choices are yyyy mm dd dd nn yyyy and mm dd yyyy CLOCK SYNCHRONISATION e Digital input for minute sync pulse SyncDI If any digital input is not used for synchronization select Daylight saving time for NTP synchronization DST Detected source of synchronization SyScr Synchronization message counter MsgCnt Latest synchronization deviation Dev ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 33 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting The following parameters are visible only when the a
117. BANCE RECORDER Recording mode Mode Sample rate Rate Recording time Time Pre trig time PreTrig Manual trigger MnITrig Count of ready records ReadyRe REC COUPLING e Add a link to the recorder AddLink e Clear all links ClrLnks ee JAR ie 30 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting Available links DO DI Uline Uphase IL U2 U1 U2 U1 I2 In 12 11 12 11 IoCale CosFii PF S Q P f Uo UL3 UL2 UL1 U31 U23 U12 Io2 Io IL3 IL2 IL1 Prms Qrms Srms Tanfii THDIL1 THDIL2 THDIL3 THDUa THDUb THDUc ILIRMS IL2RMS IL3RMS ILmin ILmax ULLmin ULLmax ULNmin ULNmax fy fz U12y U12z 2 4 4 Configuring digital inputs DI The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital inputs menu The status of digital inputs DIGITAL INPUTS 1 6 18 Operation counters DI COUNTERS Operation delay DELAYs for DigIn The polarity of the input signal INPUT POLARITY Either normally open NO or normally closed NC circuit Event enabling EVENT MASK1 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the digital outputs menu The status of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS and 2 The forcing of the output relays RELAY OUTPUTS and 2 only if Force ON o Forced control 0 or 1 of
118. BN aN IN D WEN aN pplication 3Phase VAMP255_truck_a RERKKRSK RIZR SRESER L1 L2 L3 Figure 8 9 1 2 Connection example of VAMP 255 without a broken delta voltage transformer The device is calculating the zero sequence voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to 3L N M VAP ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 307 8 9 Connection examples 8 Connections Technical description VAMP255_Vconnection OrNg TNLTMED TNNYNON QOF ENEE HMSMOMORASSESES SSSSSSS CICK ICK KK KKK KKK Figure 8 9 1 3 Connection example of VAMP 255 with V connected voltage transformers The voltage measurement is set to 2LL Uo Directional earth fault stages are not available without the polarizing Uo voltage ee JAR ie 308 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples N Ono pa oo a n a na na na oo Cd edre o vine we Xoy X i S SS S AVY application VAMP255_motor_a E E Deamtwoo noo i NE LILLELE or TINONTMHOOR KNOTWON OO rconS NOt KRSIL SESS ERE CEH Figure 8 9 1 4 Connection example of VAMP 255 as a motor protection device The voltage measurement mode is set to 2LL U 9 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phon
119. Bit rate for the command line interface in ports X4 and the front panel The front panel is always using this setting If SPABUS is selected for the rear panel local port X4 the bit rate is according SPABUS settings e Access level Acc LANGUAGE e List of available languages in the relay CURRENT SCALING e Rated phase CT primary current Inom e Rated phase CT secondary current Isec e Rated input of the relay Iinput 5 A or 1 A This is specified in the order code of the device e Rated value of Io CT primary current Ionom e Rated value of Io CT secondary current Iosec e Rated I01 input of the relay Ioinp 5 A or 1 A This is specified in the order code of the device e Rated value of Io2 CT primary current Io2nom e Rated value of Io2 CT secondary current Io2sec e Rated 102 input of the relay Io2inp 5A 1 A or 0 2 A This is specified in the order code of the device ee JAR ie 32 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting The rated input values are usually equal to the rated secondary value of the CT The rated CT secondary may be greater than the rated input but the continuous current must be less than four times the rated input In compensated high impedance earthed and isolated networks using cable transformer to measure residual current Io it is quite usual to use a relay with 1 A or 0 2
120. C with VAMPSET to the relay one on the front panel and one on the rear panel of the relay These two serial ports are connected in parallel However if the connection cables are connected to both ports only the port on the front panel will be active To connect a PC to a serial port use a connection cable of type VX 003 3 The VAMPSET program can also use TCP IP LAN connection Optional hardware is required There is a free of charge PC program called VAMPSET available for configuration and setting of VAMP relays Please download the latest VAMPSET exe from our web page www vamp fi For more information about the VAMPSET software please refer to the user s manual with the code VMV ENOxx Also the VAMPSET user s manual is available at our web site ee JAR ie 38 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Technical description Table of Contents Table of Contents Ts TAT OGQUCTION serros oriai 43 1 1 MA N SCOT Soin is niepiidadassieaies davuceeiat tans eniadnaeinetecharkeies 44 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques 45 2 Protection functions esssssseeeeessssssssooecesssesssssoooeeessssssso 47 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one ea ES ie a E E E A N E EE 47 2 2 General features of protection Stages ccceeeeeeeees 47 2 3 List Of PUNCTONS sencria tavnmcsecsaiesissimaladaeiieiaietai 51 2 4 Function CEDPENCENCIES cccessesccressccecessesenseer
121. Default Voltage check mode The first letter refers to the reference voltage and the second letter refers to the comparison voltage D means that the side must be dead when closing dead The voltage below the dead voltage limit setting L means that the side must be live when closing live The voltage higher than the live voltage limit setting Example DL mode for stage 1 The U12 side must be dead and the U12y side must be live Cbtime 0 04 0 6 0 1 Typical closing time of the circuit breaker Dibypass Digital inputs Bypass input If the input is active the function is bypassed Bypass 0 1 The bypass status 1 means that the function is bypassed This parameter can also be used for manual bypass CBCtrl Open Close Circuit breaker control ShowInfo Off On On Additional information display about the sychrocheck status to the mimic SGrpDI Digital inputs The input for changing the setting group SetGrp 1 2 The active setting group VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 Measured and recorded values of synchrocheck stages SyC1 SyC2 25 Parameter Values Unit Description Measured df H
122. EFtransientFig7 Intermittent time 0 s Start A Le We pya DON rpg e S opg Ke Trip i SSS 1 1 0 12 s X Intermittent time 0 12 s f Start T2 IEM r 2 34 5 L i 7 Trip l mi 1 1 K 617 ms 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Time s i gt Figure 2 15 2 Effect of the intermittent time parameter The operation delay setting is 0 14 s 7x20 ms The upper start and trip status lines are for a case with the intermittent time set to zero No trip will happen The lower start and trip status lines show another case with intermittent time setting 0 12 s In this case a trip signal will be issued at t 0 87 s ee JAR ie 88 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection I0T gt 67NT Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually idtBlock I samples I peak TRANSIENT ALGORITHM I fundamental freq amplitude U samples U fundamental b 7 freq amplitude I Block Setting Setting Setting Enable U pick up Delay Intermittent events n delay 20 ms time Figure 2 15 8 Block diagram of the directional intermittent transient earth fault stage Ior gt Parameters of the directional int
123. I10 Digital input 10 DI11 Digital input 11 DI12 Digital input 12 COM1 Common potential of digital inputs 7 12 D113 Digital input 13 D114 Digital input 14 D115 Digital input 15 DI16 Digital input 16 D117 Digital input 17 D118 Digital input 18 COM2 Common potential of digital inputs 13 18 T4 Trip relay 4 T4 Trip relay 4 T3 Trip relay 3 T3 Trip relay 3 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 273 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description Terminal X6 Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector S 2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 DI20 option Wi No Symbol Description S 1 DI19 Digital input 19 2 DI19 Digital input 19 S 3 DI20 Digital input 20 4 DI20 Digital input 20 5 T z 6 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S 7 S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free en JAR ie 274 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Technical description VAMP 245 8 1 2 S VS 6 S VT 10T
124. ItL1 3 Events are enabled Events are disabled Set OCTrip On Off On Event enabling for combined o c trips Events are enabled Events are disabled Set Parameter Value Unit Description Note OCTripOff On Off Off Event enabling for combined o c starts Events are enabled Events are disabled Set IncFltEvnt On Off Disabling several events of the same fault Several events are enabled Several events of an increasing fault is disabled x Set ClrDly 0 65535 Duration for active alarm status FItL1 Flt2 FItL3 and OCt Set Set An editable parameter password needed Used with IEC 60870 105 103 communication protocol The alarm screen will show the latest if it s the biggest registered fault current too Not used with Spabus because Spabus masters usually don t like to have unpaired On Off events Used with SPA bus protocol because most SPA bus masters do need an off event for each corresponding on event ee JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 14 Self supervision 3 14 3 14 1 Self supervision The functions of the micro controller and the associated circuitry as well as the program execution are supervised by means of a separate watchdog circuit Besides supervising the device the watchdog circuit attempts to restart t
125. Ly or 1LL Uo LLy mode is selected one stage is available The LL LLy LLz mode enables using two stages The voltage used for sychrochecking is always phase to phase voltage U12 The sychrocheck stage 1 compares U12 with Uisy always The compared voltages for the stage 2 can be selected Setting parameters of synchrocheck stages SyC1 SyC2 25 Parameter Values Unit Default Description Side U12 U12y U12 U12z Voltage selection The U12 U12z stage 1 has fixed voltages U12y U12z U12 U12y CBObj Obj1 Obj5 5 Obj1 The selected object for CB control The synchrocheck closing command will use the closing command of the selected object NOTE The stage 1 is always using the object 1 The stage 2 can use objects 2 5 Smode Async Sync Synchrocheck mode Sync Off Off only voltage check Async the function checks dU df and dangle Furthermore the frequency slip df determines the remaining time for closing This time must be longer than CB time Sync mode Synchronization is tried to make exactly when angle difference is zero In this mode df setting should be enough small lt 0 3H2 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 121 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Values Unit Description Umode DD DL LD DD DL DD LD DL LD DD DL LD
126. OM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2 NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X2 with analog output No Symbol Description 4 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 2 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 3 3 AO2 Analog output 2 positive connector 4 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 5 5 AO83 Analog output 3 positive connector 6 6 A03 Analog output 3 negative connector 7 7 AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 283 8 1 Rear pan
127. On Alarm2 on event enabling Set Off Al2Off On Alarm2 off event enabling Set Off Clear Clearing of cycle counters Set Clear Set An editable parameter password needed The breaker curve table is edited with VAMPSET ee JAR ie 178 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 9 Energy pulse outputs 3 9 Energy pulse outputs The device can be configured to send a pulse whenever certain amount of energy has been imported or exported The principle is presented in Figure 3 9 1 Each time the energy level reaches the pulse size an output relay is activated and it will stay active as long as defined by a pulse duration setting iy eas Configurable 100 ms 5 000 ms gt Configurable 10 10 000 kWh kvarh Figure 3 9 1 Principle of energy pulses The device has four energy pulse outputs The output channels are Active exported energy Reactive exported energy Active imported energy Reactive imported energy Each channel can be connected to any combination of the output relays using output matrix The parameters for the energy pulses can be found in the E menu under the submenus E PULSE SIZES and E PULSE DURATION Energy pulse output parameters Parameter Value Unit Description E PULSE E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of active SIZES exported energy Eqt 10 10 000 kvarh Pulse siz
128. Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Type 1 N 2 N Fault type single phase fault 3 N e g 1 N fault on phase L1 1 2 2 3 Fault type two phase fault 1 3 e g 2 3 fault between L2 and L3 1 2 3 Fault type three phase fault Flt Min value of fault current as per times Imot Load 1s mean value of pre fault currents IL1 IL3 EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lo gt 67N The directional earth fault protection is used for earth faults in networks or motors where a selective and sensitive earth fault protection is needed and in applications with varying network structure and length The device consists of versatile protection functions for earth fault protection in various network types The function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current and zero sequence voltage and the phase angle between them The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever the size of Io and Uo and the phase angle between Io and Uo fulfils the pick up criteria the stage picks up and a start signal is issued If M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 73 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N 2 Protection functions Technical description the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operati
129. Recording FULL Memory is full in saturated mode ManTrig Manual triggering Set Trig ReadyRec n m n Available recordings m maximum number of recordings The value of m depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length eee JAR ie 160 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder Parameter Value Unit Description Note AddCh Add one channel Set Maximum simultaneous number of channels is 12 IL1 IL2 IL3 Phase current Tol Io2 Measured residual current U12 U23 Line to line voltage U31 UL1 UL2 Phase to neutral voltage UL3 Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q S Active reactive apparent power P F Power factor CosFii coso IoCalc Phasor sum Io TL1HL2 IL3 3 T1 Positive sequence current I2 Negative sequence current 12 11 Relative current unbalance 12 In Current unbalance xIn U1 Positive sequence voltage U2 Negative sequence voltage U2 U1 Relative voltage unbalance IL Average IL1 IL2 IL3 3 Uphase Average UL1 UL2 UL3 3 Uline Average U12 U23 U31 3 DO Digital outputs DI Digital inputs TanFii tano THDIL1 Total harmonic distortion of IL1 THDIL2 Total harmonic distortion of IL2 THDIL3 Total harmonic distortion of IL3 THDUa Total harmonic distortion of input Ua THDUb Total harmonic distortion of input
130. The IEEE standard defines inverse delay for both trip and release operations However in the ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 145 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description VAMP device only the trip time is inverse according the standard but the release time is constant The operation delay depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 30 1 2 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage Equation 2 80 1 2 t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Tpickup User s pick up setting A B C Constant parameter according Table 2 30 1 3 Table 2 30 1 3 Constants for IEEE ANSI inverse delay equation Ddart Parameter ela e y typ A B LTI Long time inverse 0 086 0 185 0 02 LTVI Long time very inverse 28 55 0 712 LTEI Long time extremely inverse 64 07 0 250 MI Moderately inverse 0 0515 0 1140 0 02 VI Very inverse 19 61 0 491 EI Extremely inverse 28 2 0 1217 STI Short time inverse 0 16758 0 11858 0 02 STEI Short time extremely inverse 1 281 0 005 Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2pu A 0 0515 B 0 114 C 0 02 t 0 50 2088 oii 1 9 0 02 il ee JAR ie 146
131. The X5 remote port communication connector options are shown in Figure 8 3 2 1 The connector types are listed in Table 8 3 2 1 Without any internal options X5 is a TTL port for external converters Some external converters VSE are attached directly to the rear panel and X5 Some other types VEA VPA need various TTL RS 232 converter cables The available accessories are listed in chapter 12 2 amp 4 wire galvanically isolated RS 485 Figure 8 3 2 2 internal options for fibre optic Figure 8 3 2 3 and Profibus Figure 8 3 2 4 are available See ordering code in chapter 12 Table 8 3 2 1 Physical interface and connector types of remote port X5 with various options Serial interface A is the default Order Communication interface Connector type Pin usage Code A Serial interface for DIS 1 reserved external converters only 2 TX_out TTL REMOTE port 3 RX_in TTL 4 RTS out TTL 7 GND 9 8V out B Plastic fibre interface HFBR 0500 REMOTE port C Profibus interface DIS 3 RXD TXD P REMOTE port 4 RTS 5 GND 6 5V 8 RXD TXD N D RS 485 isolated screw terminal 1 Signal ground REMOTE port 2 Reciever 3 Reciever 4 Transmitter 5 Transmitter E Glass fibre interface ST 62 5 125 um REMOTE port F Plastic glass 62 5 125 HFBR Plastic Rx um fibre interface 0500 ST Glass Tx REMOTE port G Glass 62 5 125 um ST HFBR Glass Rx plastic fibre interface 0500 Pl
132. Toggling virtual inputs 1 Push the ENTER key The previously activated object starts to blink 2 Select the virtual input object empty or black square o3 The dialog opens 4 Select VIon to activate the virtual input or select VIoff to deactivate the virtual input M JAR ie 22 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 2 Measured data The measured values can be read from the P E I and U menus and their submenus Furthermore any measurement value in the following table can be displayed on the main view next to the single line diagram Up to six measurements can be shown Value Menu Submenu Description P P POWER Active power kW Q P POWER Reactive power kvar S P POWER Apparent power kVA 9 P POWER Active power angle P F P POWER Power factor f P POWER Frequency Hz Pda P 15 MIN POWER Active power kW Qda P 15 MIN POWER Reactive power kvar Sda P 15 MIN POWER Apparent power kVA Pfda P 15 MIN POWER Power factor fda P 15 MIN POWER Frequency Hz PL1 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 1 kW PL2 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power of phase 2 kW PL3 P POWER PHASE 1 Active power o
133. V X3 2 DI1 Auto Reclose X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DIS X3 5 D4 X3 6 DIS Autorecloser Blocking and X3 7 DI6 X71 DIT matrix output matrix X7 2 DI8 X7 3 DI9 X7 4 D110 X7 5 D11 X7 6 D112 X7 7 comm X7 8 D13 X7 9 D114 X7 10 D15 X7 11 D116 X7 12 D17 X7 13 D18 X7 14 com VAMP255blockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 1 2 Block diagram of VAMP 255 with the mA option included en SAR a 300 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 7 Block diagrams 8 7 2 VAMP 245 X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DIS X3 5 Dl4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG Protection functions 50N 51N b gt gt L gt k gt SONARC Arcl gt Arcl gt 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser Blocking and matrix output matrix NN N 5 N N AR N amp N BERS N X2 16 X2 17 X2 18 Figure 8 7 2 1 Block diagram of VAMP 245 VAMP245Blockdiagram en SAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 301 8 7 Block diagrams 8 Connections Technical description X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7
134. VAMP 255 245 230 Feeder and motor managers Operation and configuration instructions Technical description ee SAR ie Table of Contents Operation and configuration Table of Contents a 7 1 o E Hirenems ry ner ens Serenens Femnr ens stmnEns pnmmp gt rE 3 1 1 Relay TS OMICS ci ciccdectavsssecactectasiesisdiasvbreiecdiens seinen 3 1 2 User interface esoseesseeesoseesseesseeeseseesseesseressseesseessoressseesse 4 1 3 Operating SAfety eessseeseessssrresereerrssrrersserrreessrrrrssererrssse 4 2 Local panel user interface ssssseessesesssssssssssessseees 5 2 1 Relay front panel sssseesssesssserssesrressserersserressssrreesserressssere 5 sha SAY priscus states nai a a s 6 2 1 2 Menu NAVIGATION and POINTENS s es 74 21 3 KOYDA eesin ee ia eses 7 2 1 4 Operation VIC CNS sssssesnensesessesereerreessssererreeesesseseee 8 2 1 5 Adjusting display CONMOST sessesseeenneesssseserrreesssseseee 9 2 2 Local panel operations sessessessssssesssesersssssseserrrersessssree 9 2 2 1 Navigating iN MENUS sssssesssesrresssrsrrssererrrssrrerssesrrees 9 2 2 2 Menu structure of protection functions 14 2 2 3 Setting NOUS vexscnesecnaedecancnelepesvecccneddnecspestemioreazedeees 18 22A OMGILI rennon aa 19 2 2 5 Operating SV IS so caores i chcbnthas cecadchacadnendereaeaianesdiatens 20 2 3 Operating NS OSS x chescoedersivencdctaveseucusviasdesentvebeweissiadons 22 2 3 1 Contr
135. X xX 2nd to 15 harmonics and THD of X X X currents 2nd to 15 harmonics and THD of x X voltages Communication IEC 60870 5 103 X X X IEC 60870 5 101 X X X IEC 61850 X xX xX Modbus TCP X X xX Modbus RTU xX xX xX Profibus DP X X xX SPAbus communication X X xX DNP 3 0 xX xX X Ethernet IP X X X Man Machine Communication display X X X Man Machine Communication PC XIX X Hardware Number of phase current CT s 3 3 3 Number of residual current CT s 2 2 2 Number of voltage input VT s 3 1 3 Number of digital inputs 6 6 18 Number of extra digital inputs with 2 2 2 Ex the DI19 DI20 option Number of trip outputs 2 2 4 Number of alarm outputs including IF Bs SeS Number of optional mA outputs 4 4 4 RTD inputs 4 4 4 16 16 16 Only available when application mode is motor protection Only one arc channel is available with DI19 DI20 option ee JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 4 Function dependencies 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 Function dependencies Application modes The application modes available are the feeder protection mode and the motor protection mode In the feeder protection mode all current dependent protection functions are relative to nominal current In derived by CT ratios The motor protection functions are unavailable in the feeder protection mode In the motor protection mode all current
136. able below The TTL interface is for external converters and converter cables only It is not suitable for direct connection to distances more than one meter Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Protocol Protocol selection for Set remote port None 3 SPA bus SPA bus slave ProfibusDP Profibus DP slave ModbusSla Modbus RTU slave ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 103 IEC 60870 5 103 slave ExternallO Modbus RTU master for external I O modules DNP3 DNP 3 0 Msg 0 232 1 Message counter since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Errors 0 216 1 Protocol errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Tout 0 216 1 Timeout errors since the Clr device has restarted or since last clearing Display of current 1 communication parameters speed DPS speed bit s D number of data bits P parity none even odd S number of stop bits Debug Echo to local port Set No No echo Binary For binary protocols ASCII For SPA bus protocol Set An editable parameter password needed Clr Clearing to zero is possible 1 The communication parameters are set in the protocol specific menus For the local port command line interface the parameters are set in configuration menu ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 237 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description 6 1 3 Extension
137. al inputs 5 Control functions Technical description 5 2 Digital inputs There are 6 digital inputs available for control purposes The polarity normal open NO normal closed NC and a delay can be configured according the application The signals are available for the output matrix block matrix user s programmable logic etc The contacts connected to digital inputs DI1 DI6 must be dry potential free These inputs use the common internal 48 Vdc wetting voltage from terminal X3 1 only It is possible to use two different control voltages in the terminal X7 as there are two common inputs Common Input group Wetting voltage input On Off X7 7 X7 1 6 DI 7 12 gt 1 gt lt lt XTA X7 8 13 DI 13 18 gt 18 Voc or gt 50 Vac 10 Voc or lt 5 Vac NOTE These digital inputs must not be connected parallel with inputs of an another device Label and description texts can be edited with VAMPSET according the application Labels are the short parameter names used on the local panel and descriptions are the longer names used by VAMPSET Parameters of digital inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set DI1 DIn 0 Status of digital input 1 DI COUNTERS DI1 DIn 0 65535 Cumulative active edge Set counter DELAYS FOR DIGITAL INPUTS DI1 DIn 0 00 60 00 s Definite delay for both on Set and off transitions CONFIGURATION DI1 DI6 Inverte
138. alue in the first menu e gt gt 10138A The pick up limit is 1013 A in primary value e gt gt 2 50xIn The pick up limit is 2 50 times the rated current of the generator This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator Operating levels are explained in chapter 2 2 5 e t gt gt 0 60s The total operation delay is set to 600 ms This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Operator ee JAR ie 16 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Third menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage third menu AV lt gt gt LOG 50 51 FAULT LOG 1 ExDI 2006 09 14 ExDO 12 25 10 288 Prot Type 1 2 Fit 2 86xIn CBWE Load 0 99xin EDly 81 Figure 2 2 2 8 Third and last menu next on the right of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the menu for registered values by the I gt gt stage Fault logs are explained in chapter 2 2 4 e FAULT LOG 1 This is the latest of the eight available logs You may move between the logs by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT e 2006 09 14 Date of the log e 12 25 10 288 Time of the log e Type 1 2 The overcurrent fault has been detected in phases L1 and L2 A amp B red amp yellow R amp S u amp v e Fit 2 86xIn The fault current has been 2 86 per unit e Load 0 99xIn The average load current before the fault has been 0 99 pu e ED
139. amental value of IL1 IL2H2 2 harmonic of IL2 IL3H2 2 harmonic of IL3 Recorded Flt The max fault value values EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping ee JAR ie 130 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 27 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF 2 27 Circuit breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF The circuit breaker failure protection can be used to trip any upstream circuit breaker CB if the fault has not disappeared within a given time after the initial trip command A different output contact of the device must be used for this backup trip The operation of the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is based on the supervision of the signal to the selected trip relay and the time the fault remains on after the trip command If this time is longer than the operating time of the CBFP stage the CBFP stage activates another output relay which will remain activated until the primary trip relay resets The CBFP stage is supervising all the protection stages using the same selected trip relay since it supervises the control signal of this device See chapter 5 4 for details about the output matrix and the trip relays Parameters of the circuit breaker failure stage CBFP 50BF Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of
140. as become increasingly important The sophisticated loads e g computers etc require uninterruptible supply of clean electricity VAMP protection platform provides many power quality functions that can be used to evaluate monitor and alarm on the basis of the quality One of the most important power quality functions are voltage sag and swell monitoring VAMP provides separate monitoring logs for sags and swells The voltage log is trigged if any voltage input either goes under the sag limit U lt or exceeds the swell limit U gt There are four registers for both sags and swells in the fault log Each register will have start time phase information duration minimum average maximum voltage values of each sag and swell event Furthermore there are total number of sags and swells counters as well as total timers for sags and swells The voltage power quality functions are located under the submenu U Setting parameters of sags and swells monitoring Parameter Value Unit Default Description U gt 20 150 110 Setting value of swell limit U lt 10 120 90 Setting value of sag limit Delay 0 04 1 00 S 0 06 Delay for sag and swell detection SagOn On Off On Sag on event SagOff On Off On Sag off event SwelOn On Off s On Swell on event SwelOf On Off On Swell off event Recorded values of sags and swells monitoring
141. ase to phase voltage U23 V U31 U LINE VOLTAGES Phase to phase voltage U31 V UL U PHASE VOLTAGES ge for the three phase voltages V UL1 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL1 V UL2 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL2 V UL3 U PHASE VOLTAGES Phase to earth voltage UL3 V Uo U SYMMETRIC Residual voltage Uo VOLTAGES U1 U SYMMETRIC Positive sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage VOLTAGES U2 U1 k U SYMMETRIC Negative sequence voltage related to VOLTAGES positive sequence voltage THDU ij U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the mean value of voltages THDUa U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input a THDUb U HARM DISTORTION Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input b THDUc U HARM DISTORTION _ Total harmonic distortion of the voltage input c Diagram U HARMONICS of Ua Harmonics of voltage input Ua See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Ub Harmonics of voltage input Ub See Figure 2 3 2 1 Diagram U HARMONICS of Uc Harmonics of voltage input Uc See Figure 2 3 2 1 Count U VOLT INTERRUPTS Voltage interrupts counter Prev U VOLT INTERRUPTS Previous interruption Total U VOLT INTERRUPTS Total duration of voltage interruptions days hours Prev 4 U VOLT INTERRUPTS Duration of previous interruption s Status K U VOLT INTERRUPTS Volta
142. ases A and B The reactive power is calculated using UcFig2 Uy 10 kV U 10 kV Qion 3 14 Mvar Qam 3 77 Mvar Cser 100 uF Cas 50 uF 3x 100 uF Cas 50 pF Q 3 14 Mvar Figure 2 17 2 Three phase capacitor bank connected internally in wye Y Capacitance between phases A and B is 50 uF and the equivalent phase to neutral capacitance is 100 uF which value is also used as the setting value Overvoltage and reactive power calculation example The capacitor bank is built of three separate 100 uF capacitors connected in wye Y The rated voltage of the capacitors is 8000 V the measured frequency is 50 04 Hz and the rated frequency is 50 Hz The measured fundamental frequency current of phase L1 is l 181A and the measured relative 2 4 harmonic is 2 3 62 A and the measured relative 34 harmonic is 7 12 67 A and the measured relative 5t harmonic is 5 9 05 A According the line to star point capacitance is Csrr 100 uF see The rated power will be Qn 2011 kvar M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 97 2 17 Capacitor overvoliage protection Uc gt 59C 2 Protection functions Technical description According the reactance will be X 1 2n x 50 04 x 100 10 6 31 806 Q According a pure fundamental voltage Uc having equal peak value than the highest possible voltage with corresponding harmonic content than the measured reactive capacitor
143. astic Tx REMOTE port ee JAR ie 286 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 3 Serial communication connectors Serial interface for external converters only REMOTE port D9S and RJ 45 D connector Ethernet interface and 1 reserved 2 TX_out TTL 3 RX_in TTL 4 RTS out TTL 7 GND 9 8V out RJ 45 connector 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receivet 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Receive 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 10Mbps Ethernet interface with IEC 61850 and Serial interface for external converters only REMOTE port D9S and RJ 45 D connector reserved 2 TX_out TTL 3 RX_in TTL 4 RTS out TTL 7 GND 9 8V out RJ 45 connector 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receivet 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Receive 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 100 Mbps Ethernet fibre interface with IEC 61850 and Serial interface for external converters only REMOTE port D9S and LC D connector 1 reserved 2 TX_out TTL 3 RX_in TTL 4 RTS out TTL 7 GND 9 8V out Fiber connector TX Upper LC connector RX Lower LC connector VAMP E VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 287 8 3 Serial communication connectors 8 Connections Technical description P 100Mbps Ethernet interface with IEC 61850 and Serial interface for external converters only REMOTE port D9S
144. ate and block limit Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U lt U lt lt and U lt lt lt All these stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic ee JAR ie 110 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for all stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters of the under voltage stages U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt 27 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set Digital signal to select the Set SGrpDI active setting group None Dix Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout MinU V The supervised minimum of line to line voltages in primary volts U lt U lt lt V Pick up value scaled to U lt lt lt primary value U lt U lt lt Un Pick up setting Set U lt lt lt
145. ation port Number of ports 1 on front and 1 on rear panel Electrical connection RS 232 Data transfer rate 2 400 38 400 kb s Remote control connection Number of ports 1 on rear panel Electrical connection TTL standard RS 485 option RS 232 option Plastic fibre connection option Glass fibre connection option Ethernet 10 Base T option external module Data transfer rate 1 200 19 200 kb s Protocols Modbus RTU master Modbus RTU slave Spabus slave IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 61870 5 101 IEC 61850 Profibus DP option Modbus TCP option external module DNP 3 0 M VAP ie 316 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 1 Connections 9 1 8 Arc protection interface option Number of arc sensor inputs 2 Sensor type to be connected VA1DA Operating voltage level 12 V de Current drain when active gt 11 9mA Current drain range 1 3 31 mA NOTE If the drain is outside the range either sensor or the wiring is defected Number of binary inputs 1 optically isolated Operating voltage level 48 V de Number of binary outputs 1 transistor controlled Operating voltage level 48 V de NOTE Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary output without an external amplifier 9 1 9 Analogue ou
146. atrix Blocking and output matrix H Figure 8 7 3 1 Block diagram of VAMP 280 VAMP230blockdiagram en SAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 303 8 7 Block diagrams 8 Connections Technical description Option Block X6 1 X6 2 X6 3 X6 4 X6 5 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DI3 X3 5 D4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG Protection functions 67 50 51 5 gt 3 gt u gt U gt gt 46 l gt 67N 50N 51N W gt gt gt h gt k gt gt gt gt gt 81H 81L 8IL f gt lt f gt gt lt lt f lt f lt lt SONARC ACh gt ATClo gt SOARC Arcl gt 48 gt 37 79 Auto Reclose Autorecloser matrix Blocking and output matrix VAMP230blockDiagram_mA Figure 8 7 3 2 Block diagram of VAMP 280 with mA option included en SAR ie 304 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 8 Block diagrams of option modules 8 8 Block diagrams of option modules 8 8 1 Optional arc protection Options X6 1 BI Bl O X6 2 BO 7 X6 3 comm
147. aximum possible peak value of the actual voltage including harmonics over a Y coupled capacitor Xc Reactance of the capacitor at the measured frequency Uctn Rated voltage of the capacitance C n Order number of harmonic n 1 for the base frequency component n 2 for 224 harmonic etc Ih nth harmonic of the measured phase current n 1 15 f Average measured frequency C Single phase capacitance between phase and star point This is the setting value Cgzr The gives the maximum possible voltage while the actual voltage depends on the phase angles of the involved harmonics The protection is sensitive for the highest of the three phase to neutral voltages Whenever this value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s definite operation delay setting a trip signal is issued en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 95 2 17 Capacitor overvoliage 2 Protection functions Technical description protection Uc gt 59C Reactive power of the capacitor bank The rated reactive power is calculated as follows Equation 2 17 8 On 2af leg x where Qn Rated reactive power of the three phase capacitor bank fn Rated frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz This is detected automatically or in special cases given by the user with parameter adapted frequency Uctn Rated v
148. bility of the LCD varies with the brightness and the temperature of the environment The contrast of the display can be adjusted via the PC user interface see chapter 3 2 2 Local panel operations The front panel can be used to control objects change the local remote status read the measured values set parameters and to configure relay functions Some parameters however can only be set by means of a PC connected to one of the local communication ports Some parameters are factory set 2 2 1 Navigating in menus All the menu functions are based on the main menu submenu structure 1 Use the arrow keys UP and DOWN to move up and down in the main menu 2 To move to a submenu repeatedly push the RIGHT key until the required submenu is shown Correspondingly push the LEFT key to return to the main menu 3 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selected submenu If there are more than six items in the selected submenu a black line appears to the right side of the display Figure 2 2 1 1 It is then possible to scroll down in the submenu m JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration scroll ENABLED STAGES 3 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Figure 2 2 1 1 Example of scroll indication 4 Push the CANCEL key to cancel a selection 5 Pushing the UP or DOWN key in any position o
149. bit micro controller without using a separate DSP Digital Signal Processor The synchronized sampling means an even number of 22 samples per period e g 32 samples per a period This means that the frequency must be measured and the number of the samples per period must be controlled accordingly so that the number of the samples per period remains constant if the frequency changes Therefore secondary testing of a brand new device should be started with voltage protection functions and voltage injection to let the relay learn the local frequency However if this is not possible then the frequency must be parameterised to the device Apart from the FFT calculations some protection functions also require the symmetrical components to be calculated for obtaining the positive negative and zero phase sequence components of the measured quantity For example the function of the unbalanced load protection stage is based on the use of the negative phase sequence component of the current Figure 1 2 1 shows a principle block diagram of a numerical device The main components are the energizing inputs digital input elements output relays A D converters and the micro controller including memory circuits Further a device contains a power supply unit and a human machine interface HMI Figure 1 2 2 shows the heart of the numerical technology That is the main block diagram for calculated functions Figure 1 2 3 shows a principle diagram of a si
150. ble 2 25 1 Voltage measurement modes for synchrocheck function Voltage Terminals Signals in Signals in Signals in input mode mode mode 1LL Uo LLy 2LL LLy LL LLy LLz Ua X1 11 12 Uz Ui U12 Ub X1 13 14 Uney U23 Unzy Ue X1 17 18 Uo Ui2y Uiaz Number of 1 1 2 synchrocheck stages Availability of Uo Yes No No and directional Io stages Power measurement 1 phase power 3 phase power 1 phase power symmetrical unsymmetrical symmetrical loads loads loads The following application examples show the correct connection of the voltage inputs In the Figure 2 25 3 and Figure 2 25 4 the applications require only one stage Voltage measuring modes are 1LL Uo LLy and 2LL LLy Two stages are needed for the application presented in Figure 2 25 5 Voltage measuring mode is LL LLy LLz ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 125 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 2 Protection functions Technical description on tMWOrN LLLILLILY VY X pplication VAMP255_25_a ENN IES E aE NOS Smasiow nonce Ne SSLORLE gareenealEfeses RRRKKKRKEEREREEER g Teadaas aaaasa 8 Saas TNOTMON KNOTHOON ogor ALF KLS rT BERSERK Figure 2 25 3 One synchrocheck stage needed with 1LL U LLy mode en JAR ie 126 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection fun
151. bstation network Distribution transformer distribution transformer 230 400V __230 400V VAMP255_Sovelluskuva Figure 1 1 1 Application of the teeder and motor protection device ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 43 1 1 Main features 1 Introduction Technical description 1 1 Main features e Fully digital signal handling with a powerful 16 bit microprocessor and high measuring accuracy on all the setting ranges due to an accurate 16 bit A D conversion technique e Wide setting ranges for the protection functions e g the earth fault protection can reach a sensitivity of 0 5 e Integrated fault location for short circuit faults e The device can be matched to the requirements of the application by disabling the functions that are not needed e Flexible control and blocking possibilities due to digital signal control inputs DI and outputs DO e Easy adaptability of the device to various substations and alarm systems due to flexible signal grouping matrix in the device e Possibility to control six objects e g circuit breakers disconnectors e Status of eight objects e g circuit breakers disconnectors switches e Freely configurable display with six measurement values e Freely configurable interlocking schemes with basic logic functions e Recording of events and fault values into an event register from which the data can be read via a keypad and a local HMI or by mean
152. can be selected from the following list e No sensor selected The stage will not work e SI Light sensor S1 e S2 Light sensor S2 e S1 S2 Either one of the light sensors S1 or 82 e BI Binary input of the arc card 48 Vdc e S1 BI Light sensor S1 or the binary input e S2 BI Light sensor S2 or the binary input e S1 S2 BI Light sensor S1 or S2 or the binary input Binary input The binary input BI on the arc option card see chapter 8 4 can be used to get the light indication from another relay to build selective arc protection systems The BI signal can also be connected to any of the output relays BO indicators etc offered by the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BI is a dry input for 48 Vdc signal from binary outputs of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP ee JAR ie 136 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 29 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional Binary output The binary output BO on the arc option card see chapters 8 4 and 8 5 can be used to give the light indication signal or any other signal or signals to another relay s binary input to build selective arc protection systems Selection of the BO connected signal s is done with the output matrix See chapter 5 4 BO is an internally wetted 48 Vdc signal for BI of other VAMP devices or dedicated arc protection devices by VAMP Delayed light indication
153. ccess level is higher than User e Offset i e constant error of the synchronization source SyOS e Auto adjust interval AAIntv e Average drift direction AvDrft Lead or lag e Average synchronization deviation FilDev 2 4 8 Protocol menu Bus There are three communication ports in the rear panel In addition there is a connector in the front panel overruling the local port in the rear panel REMOTE PORT X5 e Communication protocol for remote port X5 Protocol e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus The counters are useful when testing the communication LOCAL PORT X4 pins 2 3 and 5 This port is disabled if a cable is connected to the front panel connector e Communication protocol for the local port X4 Protocol For VAMPSET use None or SPABUS e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus For VAMPSET and protocol None the s
154. ce of Shot 2 and Shot 4 for AR request 1 is done by enabling AR1 only for those two shots NOTE If AR sequence is started at shot 2 5 the starting delay is taken from the discrimination time setting of the previous shot For example if Shot 3 is the first shot for AR2 the starting delay for this sequence is defined by Discrimination time of Shot 2 for AR2 For older firmware versions lt 5 1 starting at other shot than shot 1 or skipping shots is not possible AR request lines must be enabled to consecutive shots starting from shot 1 If AR sequence is not yet started an AR request which is not enabled ee JAR ie 230 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 for shot 1 will cause final tripping During sequence run an AR request which is not enabled for the next shot will cause final tripping Critical AR request Critical AR request stops the AR sequence and cause final tripping Critical request is ignored when AR sequence is not running and also when AR is reclaiming Critical request acceptance depends on the firmware version Firmware Critical signal is accepted during version gt 5 31 Dead time and discrimination time lt 5 31 Discrimination time only Shot active matrix signals firmware version gt 5 53 When starting delay has elapsed active signal of the first shot is set If successful reclosi
155. ce value is converted to distance in the DMS The following formula is used 3 X lt Where Xo X X s distance in km X reactance calculated by the device Xo zero sequence reactance per kilometre of the line X1 positive sequence reactance per kilometre of the line X2 negative sequence reactance per kilometre of the line The algorithm functions in the following order 1 The needed measurements phase currents and voltages are continuously available 2 The fault distance calculation can be triggered in two ways by switching ON or OFF the secondary resistor that is by using a digital input or the calculation can be triggered if there is a change in earth fault or negative sequence current 3 The fault phase is identified by that the voltage of the faulted phase is decreased at least by half 4 The fault distance is calculated by dividing the change of the voltage by the change of the negative sequence current 5 Only the imaginary part is used so then the reactance is solved ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 197 3 16 Earth fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of earth fault location EFDi Parameter Value Unit Default Description EFMode Normal Reverse Normal Normal The resistor is switched ON during a fault Reverse The resistor is switched OFF during a fault TrigIn To 12 DI1 T
156. chapter 12 NOTE If the slot X6 is already occupied with the two channel arc sensor card chapter 8 4 this option is not available The DI19 DI20 option enables two more digital inputs These inputs are useful in applications where the contact signals are not potential free For example trip circuit supervision is such application The inputs are connected to terminals X6 1 X6 2 and X6 3 X6 4 Connections X6 1 DI19 X6 2 DI19 X6 3 DI20 X6 4 DI20 X6 5 NC X6 6 L X6 7 L M VAP ie 2972 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 6 1 External LED module VAM 16D The optional external VAM 16D led module provides 16 extra led indicators in external casing Module is connected to the serial port of the device s front panel Please refer the User manual VAM 16 D VM16D ENxxx for details 8 6 2 External input output module The device supports an optional external input output modules sed to extend the number of digital inputs and outputs Also modules for analogue inputs and outputs are available The following types of devices are supported e Analog input modules RTD e Analog output modules mA output e Binary input output modules EXTENSION port is primarily designed for IO modules This port is found in the LOCAL connector of the device backplane and IO devices should be conne
157. chapter 2 4 in the Operation and Configuration instruction General features of protection stages Setting groups Most stages have two setting groups Changing between setting groups can be controlled manually or using any of the digital inputs virtual inputs virtual outputs or LED indicator signals By using virtual I O the active setting group can be controlled using the local panel mimic display any communication protocol or using the inbuilt programmable logic functions Forcing start or trip condition for testing The status of a protection stage can be one of the followings e Ok The stage is not detecting any fault e Blocked The stage is detecting a fault but blocked by some reason e Start The stage is counting the operation delay e Trip The stage has tripped and the fault is still on The blocking reason may be an active signal via the block matrix from other stages the programmable logic or any digital input Some stages also have inbuilt blocking logic For example an under frequency stage is blocked if voltage is too low For more details about block matrix see chapter 5 5 ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 47 2 2 General features of protection 2 Protection functions Technical description stages Forcing start or trip condition for testing purposes There is a Force flag parameter which when activated allows forcing the status of any protection stage to be start
158. ck limit blocking is disabled Voltage interruptions This function is available only in VAMP 255 230 Voltage low limit U1 10 120 Definite time function DT Operating time lt 60 ms Fixed Reset time lt 60 ms Reset ratio 1 03 Inaccuracy Activation 3 of the set value ee JAR ie 332 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 10 Abbreviations and symbols 10 Abbreviations and symbols ANSI CB CBFP cos CT CTpri CTsxEc Dead band DI DO DSR DST DTR FFT Hysteresis Imone Iser loser Toin To2n Ton Imor In IEC IEEE IEC 101 IEC 103 LAN Latching NTP American National Standards Institute A standardization organisation Circuit breaker Circuit breaker failure protection Active power divided by apparent power P S See power factor PF Negative sign indicates reverse power Current transformer Nominal primary value of current transformer Nominal secondary value of current transformer See hysteresis Digital input Digital output output relay Data set ready An RS232 signal Input in front panel port of VAMP devices to disable rear panel local port Daylight saving time Adjusting the official local time forward by one hour for summer time Data terminal ready An RS232 signal Output and always true 8 Vdc in front panel port of VAMP devices Fast Fourier transform Algorithm t
159. counter for failed AR shots Shot1 Shot1 start counter Shot2 Shot2 start counter Shot3 Shot3 start counter Shot4 Shot4 start counter Shotd Shot5 start counter There are 5 counters available for each one of the two AR signals ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 233 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description Cc a 3 g 5 amp E g S F E E E E 88 8 S pe A BE amp I gt setting Current Open CB Close CB CBclose state CBopen state _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 AR signals Figure 5 7 2 Example sequence of two shots After shot 2 the fault is cleared 1 Current exceeds the I gt setting the start delay from shot 1 starts 2 After the start delay an OpenCB relay output closes 3 A CB opens The dead time from shot 1 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 4 The dead time from shot 1 runs out a CloseCB output relay closes 5 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 1 starts The current is still over the I gt setting 6 The discrimination time from the shot 1 runs out the OpenCB relay output closes 7 The CB opens The dead time from shot 2 starts and the OpenCB relay output opens 8 The dead time from shot 2 runs out the Cl
160. ct earth faults in low impedance earthed networks In high impedance earthed networks compensated networks and isolated networks undirectional earth fault can be used as back up protection The undirectional earth fault function is sensitive to the fundamental frequency component of the residual current 3lo The attenuation of the third harmonic is more than 60 dB Whenever this fundamental value exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Setting lo gt s Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events time characteristics Figure 2 14 1 Block diagram of the earth fault stage I gt T0ssblock Setting Io gt gt s Delay Enable events Figure 2 14 2 Block diagram of the earth fault stages Io gt gt Io gt gt gt and Ig gt gt gt gt Figure 2 14 1 shows a functional block diagram of the Io gt earth overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 14 2 shows a functional block diagram of the Io gt gt Io gt gt gt and Io gt gt gt gt earth fault stages with definite time operation delay ee JAR ie 80 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 14 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N Input signal selection Each stage can be co
161. cted to the port with VSE008 adapter NOTE If ExternallO protocol is not selected to any communication port VAMPSET doesn t display the menus required for configuring the IO devices After changing EXTENSION port protocol to ExternallO restart the device and read all settings with VAMPSET ee VAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 293 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description External analog inputs configuration VAMPSET only Range Description Communication read errors X 32000 32000 Y2 Scaled value Y 1000 1000 Point 2 X2 Modbus value Y1 Scaled value Point 1 A X1 Modbus value 32000 32000 E Subtracted from Modbus n value before running XY Off scaling set wn 3 gig InputR or HoldingR Modbus register type T HHE lt sis z zZ amp UJ i Modb ister for th 1 9999 odbus register for the measurement 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device C F K mA Ohm or VIA Unit selection Active value On Off Enabling for measurement ee JAR ie 294 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 6 External I O extension modules Alarms for external analog inputs Range Description 0 10000 Hysteresis for alarm limits 21x107 Limit setti 21x107
162. ctions 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 er S22 o Peekeeren om Eee OS SSS 2M ZR RE KR LLLLLLLALK NX X RAK c k a a gt l 7 l N te Ww N Q Z THT TANENEMOALSTSSTES TNOTOON Z umewonoo rA E pgoenoE agregen c Poire Benne noa rif CHOOre KKKKKKEKEKEREKK XXXXXXX tananan annnnn 8 annann 7 TNANOTMOON cK NOTOON OOo S 989999008 ESSSSSR SSRERERERE KKK KKK KKK ICK KK KXK Figure 2 25 4 One synchrocheck stage needed with 2LL LLy mode M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 127 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 2 Protection functions Technical description ele ele ele t o reeeeersht op SES Om MPN NANN OOM yg IR RIR RIR X R LLNLLA NAY SS X RLY e i Infeed 1 Infeed 2 II a 2 a Nla a a a Ko E44 E E SS ee E ag sana Qeamyoe Ndoces EYAeOR SE KXK SSS SS SE SS SI SIS X mnzer Foooo00 ag06 8qqo0000 8 E U12y XXKXKXX mwne ynotren dA Enr u1 g y o N Eh N H u12 ite SGN PARANA PAA Te N z S M M M M Figure 2 25 5 Two synchrocheck stages needed with LL LLy LLz mode m VAP ia 128 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 26 Second harmonic O C stage If2 gt 51F2 2 26 Second harmonic O C stage lt2 gt 51F2 This stage is mainly used to block other stages The ratio between the second harmonic component and the
163. culated Two phases with the biggest fault current are selected The load currents are compensated TT oe ot i The faulty line length reactance is calculated een JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 193 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 Supporting functions Technical description Setting parameters of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Default Description Triggering DII DI20 Additional triggering digital DI input Line 0 010 10 000 Ohms km 0 389 Line reactance of the reactance line This is used only to convert the fault reactance to kilometres Current 10 800 Imode Trig current sudden change to increase of phase trig current Blocked 10 600 s Block time before before next next trig after trig previous trig Xmax limit 0 5 500 0 Ohm Maximum calculated fault reactance Event Disabled Enabled Event mask Enabled Measured and recorded values of fault location Dist Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Xfault ohm Fault reactance values Distance km Distance to the fault S Udrop Un Voltage dip during the fault Durati s Fault duration Fault Fault type Cntr Number of faults Date Fault date Time Fault time Pre A Pre fault current load current Fault A Current during the fault Post A Post fault current Algorithm Algorithm condition
164. current and zero sequence voltage The selected voltage measurement mode has to include a direct Uo measurement lo pick up sensitivity The sampling time interval of the relay is 625 us at 50 Hz 32 samples cycle The Io current spikes can be quite short compared to this sampling interval Fortunately the current spikes in cable networks are high and while the anti alias filter of the relay is attenuates the amplitude the filter also makes the pulses wider Thus when the current pulses are high enough it is possible to detect pulses which have duration of less than twenty per cent of the sampling interval Although the measured amplitude can be only a fraction of the actual peak amplitude it doesn t disturb the direction detection because the algorithm is more sensitive to the sign and timing of the Io transient than sensitive to the absolute amplitude of the transient Thus a fixed value is used as a pick up level for the Io Co ordination with Uo gt back up protection Especially in a fully compensated situation the zero sequence voltage back up protection stage Uo gt for the bus may not release between consecutive faults and the Uo gt might finally do an unselective trip if the intermittent transient stage Ior gt doesn t operate fast enough The actual operation time of the Ior gt stage is very dependent on the behaviour of the fault and the intermittent time setting To make the co ordination een JAR ie 86 VAMP 24h support
165. currents will be Ucr 31 806 181 1 3 62 2 12 67 3 9 05 5 6006 V And in per unit values Ucz 6006 8000 0 75 pu The phases L2 and L3 are calculated similarly The highest value of the three will be compared against the pick up setting Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters of the capacitor bank overvoltage stage Uc gt 59C Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too This flag is automatically reset 5 minutes after the last front panel push button pressing Uch1 The supervised values in per UcL2 pu unit values 1 pu UcLN UcL3 0 en JAR ia 98 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 17 Capacitor overvoliage protection Uc gt 59C Parameter Value Unit Description Note Uc
166. d other internal signals can be connected to the output relays front panel indicators virtual outputs etc There are two LED indicators named Alarm and Trip on the front panel Furthermore there are three general purpose LED indicators A B and C available for customer specific indications In addition the triggering of the disturbance recorder DR and virtual outputs are configurable in the output matrix See an example in Figure 5 4 1 An output relay or indicator LED can be configured as latched or non latched A non latched relay follows the controlling signal A latched relay remains activated although the controlling signal releases There is a common release latched signal to release all the latched relays This release signal resets all the latched output ee JAR ie 224 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 5 Blocking matrix 5 5 VM255 EN024 relays and indicators The reset signal can be given via a digital input via a keypad or through communication Any digital input can be used for resetting The selection of the input is done with the VAMPSET software under the menu Release output matrix latches Under the same menu the Release latches parameter can be used for resetting OUTPUT MATRIX connected connected and latched I gt start I gt trip I gt gt start I gt gt trip I gt gt gt start I gt
167. d no For normal open contacts Set NO Active edge is 0 gt 1 yes For normal closed contacts NC Active edge is 1 gt 0 Alarm display no No pop up display Set yes Alarm pop up display is activated at active DI edge On event On Active edge event Set Off enabled Active edge event disabled ee JAR ie 222 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 2 Digital inputs Parameter Value Unit Description Set Off event On Inactive edge event Set Off enabled Inactive edge event disabled NAMES for DIGITAL INPUTS editable with VAMPSET only Label String of Short name for DIs on Set max 10 the local display characters Default is DIn n 1 6 Description String of Long name for DIs Set max 32 Default is characters Digital input n n 1 6 Set An editable parameter password needed Summary of digital inputs DI Terminal Operating voltage Availability e X3 1 48VDC supply for DI1 6 il X3 2 2 X3 3 VAMP 230 os Internal 48VDC ner a 5 X3 6 6 X3 7 7 X71 8 X7 2 9 X73 External 18 265 VDC 10 X7 4 50 250 VAC VAMP 255 11 X7 5 12 X7 6 gt KXT Common for DI7 12 13 X7 8 14 X7 9 15 X7 10 External 18 265 VDC 16 X7 11 50 250 VAC VAMP 255 17 X7 12 18 X7 13 gt X7 14 Common for DI13 17 19
168. d or non latched See output matrix for more details NOTE If the device has the mA option it is equipped with only three alarm relays from A1 to A3 The difference between trip contacts and alarm contacts is the DC breaking capacity See chapters 9 1 4 and 9 1 5 for details The contacts are SPST normal open type NO except alarm relays A1 A5 which have change over contacts SPDT Parameters of output relays Parameter Value Unit Description Note T1 Tn 0 Status of trip output relay F 1 Al A5 0 Status of alarm output relay F 1 IF Status of the internal fault F 0 indication relay 1 Force On Force flag for output relay Set Off forcing for test purposes This is a common flag for all output relays and protection stage status too Any forced relay s and this flag are automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout REMOTE PULSES Al A5 0 00 99 98 s Pulse length for direct Set or output relay control via 99 99 communications protocols 99 99 s Infinite Release by writing 0 to the direct control parameter NAMES for OUTPUT RELAYS editable with VAMPSET only Description String of Names for DO on VAMPSET Set max 32 screens Default is characters Trip relay n or Alarm relay n Set An editable parameter password needed F Editable when force flag is on M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 221 5 2 Digit
169. d there is temporarily an illegal combination of curve delay points For example if previous settings were IEC NI and then curve family is changed to IEEE the setting error will active because there is no NI type available for IEEE curves After changing valid delay type for IEEE mode for example MI the Setting Error signal will release e There are errors in formula parameters A E and the device is not able to build the delay curve e There are errors in the programmable curve configuration and the device is not able to interpolate values between the given points Limitation The maximum measured secondary phase current is 50xlon and the maximum directly measured earth fault current is 10xlon for VAMP 255 and 5xlIon for VAMP 230 and VAMP 245 The full scope of inverse delay curves goes up to 20 times the setting At high setting the maximum measurement capability limits the scope of inverse curves according the following table Table 2 30 1 Current input Maximum measured Maximum secondary secondary current scaled setting enabling inverse delay times up to full 20x setting Tu Ine In3 and Tocale 250A 12 5A VAMP 255 Ion 5 A 50 A 2 5A VAMP 255 Ion 1 A 10A 0 5A VAMP 255 Ion 0 2 A 2A 0 1 A VAMP 245 Ion 5 A 25A 1 25A VAMP 230 Ion 5 A VAMP 245 Ion 1A 5A 0 25 A VAMP 230 Ion 1A The availableIon values depend on the order code The VAMP 255 3C7__ has 1A and 5 A Io inputs w
170. d with a high resistance Compensation is usually done with a Petersen coil between the neutral point of the main transformer and earth In this context high resistance means that the fault current is limited to be less than the rated phase current The trip area is a half plane as drawn in Figure 2 13 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees o Cap The stage is sensitive to the capacitive component of the selected IO signal This mode is used with unearthed networks The trip area is a half plane as drawn in Figure 2 13 2 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees ee JAR ie 74 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N e Sector This mode is used with networks earthed with a small resistance In this context small means that a fault current may be more than the rated phase currents The trip area has a shape of a sector as drawn in Figure 2 13 3 The base angle is usually set to zero degrees or slightly on the lagging inductive side i e negative angle e Undir This mode makes the stage equal to the undirectional stage Io gt The phase angle and Uo amplitude setting are discarded Only the amplitude of the selected Io input is supervised Input signal selection Each stage can be connected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly
171. description Distortion THD 4 3 Harmonics and Total Harmonic Distortion THD The device calculates the THDs as percentage of the base frequency for currents and voltages The device calculates the harmonics from the 2 4 to the 15 of phase currents and voltages The 17th harmonic component will also be shown partly in the value of the 15th harmonic component This is due to the nature of digital sampling The harmonic distortion is calculated using equation THD a where 1 h Fundamental value h 15 Harmonics Example h 100A hs 10A h7 3A h 8A rup 3 8 _ 13 09 100 For reference the RMS value is RMS V1002 102 32 82 100 9A Another way to calculate THD is to use the RMS value as reference instead of the fundamental frequency value In the example above the result would then be 13 0 een JAR ie 202 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 4 Demand values 4 4 Demand values The device calculates average i e demand values of phase currents IL1 IL2 IL3 and power values S P and Q The demand time is configurable from 10 minutes to 30 minutes with parameter Demand time Demand value parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Time 10 30 min Demand time averaging time Set Fundamental frequency values IL
172. dir_modeA 15 Figure 2 6 2 Ditference between directional mode and non directional mode The grey area is the trip region An example of bi directional operation characteristic is shown in Figure 2 6 3 The right side stage in this example is the stage Idir gt and the left side is Idir gt gt The base angle setting of the Idir gt is 0 and the base angle of Idir gt gt is set to 180 A 90 ind cap Erta Ipr gt gt TRIP AREA SET SET a VALUE VALUE We tes tres BASE ANGLE 0 BASE ANGLE 180 Ipr gt TRIP AREA cap tind 90 Idir_modeBiDir 15 Figure 2 6 8 Bi directional application with two stages Idir gt and Idir gt gt When any of the three phase currents exceeds the setting value and in directional mode the phase angle including the base angle is within the active 88 wide sector the stage picks up and issues a start signal If this fault situation remains on longer than the delay setting a trip signal is issued Four independent stages There are four separately adjustable stages available Iair gt lair gt gt Iair gt gt gt and Iair gt gt gt gt Inverse operation time Stages Iair gt and Iair gt gt can be configured for definite time or inverse time characteristic See chapter 2 30 for details of the available inverse delays Stages lair gt gt gt and Iair gt gt gt gt have ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 59 2 6 D
173. e Error registers There are four 16 bit error registers which are readable through remote protocols The following table shows the meaning of each error register and their bits Register Bit Code Description 0 LSB T1 1 T2 2 T3 3 T4 SelfDiag1 4 Al Output relay fault 5 A2 6 A3 7 A4 8 A5 0 LSB DAC mA output fault 1 STACK OS stack fault 2 MemChk OS memory fault 3 BGTask OS background task timeout 4 DI Digital input fault DI1 DI2 5 6 Arc Arc card fault SelfDiag3 7 SecPulse Hardware error 8 RangeChk DB Setting outside range 9 CPULoad OS overload i n Internal voltage fault 11 15V 12 ITemp Internal temperature too high 13 ADChk1 A D converter error 14 ADChk2 A D converter error 15 MSB E2prom E2prom error SelfDiag4 0 LSB 12V Internal voltage fault 1 ComBuff BUS buffer error The error code is displayed in self diagnostic events and on the diagnostic menu on local panel and VAMPSET M VAP ie 192 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 15 Short circuit fault location 3 15 Short circuit fault location The device includes a stand alone fault location algorithm The algorithm can locate a short circuit in radial operated networks The fault location is given as in reactance ohms and kilometers Fault value can then be exp
174. e Dimensions W x H x D 215 x 160 x 275 mm Weight Terminal Package and Manual 5 2 kg 9 3 Protection functions NOTE Please see chapter 2 4 2 for explanation of Imone 9 3 1 Non directional current protection Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 5 00 x Imone Definite time function DT Operating time 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family DT IEC IEEE RI Prg Curve type EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family Time multiplier k 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting 3 of the set value or 5 mA secondary Operating time at definite time function 1 or 30 ms Operating time at IDMT function 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts ee JAR im VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 319 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description Overcurrent stages I gt gt and I gt gt gt 50 51 Pick up current 0 10 20 00 x Imopz g
175. e Input below Io gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Io gt gt gt primary value lo gt gt gt gt Io gt gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set To gt gt gt parameter Input and the lo gt gt gt gt corresponding CT value t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only Input Tol X1 7 8 See chapter 8 To2 X1 9 10 IoCalc IL1 IL2 IL3 Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest earth faults Time stamp fault current elapsed delay and setting group M VAP ie 84 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection I0T gt 67NT Recorded values of the undirectional earth fault stages 8 latest faults lo gt lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 5ON 51N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection lor gt 67NT NOTE This function is available only
176. e 358 0 20 753 3264 309 8 9 Connection examples 8 Connections Technical description VAMP 245 VAMP245 truck application Figure 8 9 2 1 Connection example of VAMP 245 ee JAR ie 310 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples 8 9 3 VAMP 230 as i 1 L TOMNTWOOTN errerererN OM O S IINNNISN SS S NN EN a NSN SN WN N application VAMP230 truck a X3 6 DI5 X3 7 DIG Figure 8 9 3 1 Connection example of VAMP 230 The voltage measurement mode is set to 2LL Uo VAMP E VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 311 8 9 Connection examples 8 Connections Technical description MM eye 2X NS S SSS X3 9 X3 11 X3 10 X2 13 X2 14 X2 15 X2 10 X2 11 X2 12 NN SN2N aN pplication_3phase VAMP230_truck_a NS IS Figure 8 9 3 2 Connection example of VAMP 230 without a broken delta voltage transformer The device is calculating the zero sequence voltage The voltage measurement mode is set to 3L N eee JAR ie 312 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 9 Connection examples
177. e voltage measurement mode is set to equal to 3LN The following equation is used for power calculation Sa Th U 4 1 U Tis where Three phase power phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L1 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L1 fundamental frequency current phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L2 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L2 fundamental frequency current phasor Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage of phase L3 Complex conjugate of the measured phase L3 fundamental frequency current phasor Apparent power active power and reactive power are calculated similarly as with line to line voltages s s P real S Q imag S cos S m JAR ie 208 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 9 Direction of power and current 4 9 Direction of power and current Figure 4 9 1 shows the concept of three phase current direction and sign of cos and power factor PF Figure 4 9 2 shows the same concepts but on a PQ power plane 90 ind Reverse inductive power current is leading cos PF cap Forward capacitive power current is leading cos PF Vaer 0 I cap ind Reverse capacitive power Forward inductive power cur
178. e 4 10 1 shows a geometric solution The input values have been scaled with V3 100 to make the calculation easier en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 211 4 10 Symmetric components 4 Measurement functions Technical description FortescueEx2 Positive sequence U 2 3 4B Figure 4 10 1 Example of symmetric component calculation using line to line voltages Unscaling the geometric results gives Ui 100 V3 x 2 3 38 5 U2 100 V3 x 1 3 19 2 Uz U 1 3 2 3 50 Example 3 two phase injection with adjustable phase angle Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 3LN Injection Ua Um 100 V3 V 20 57 7 V 20 U Ur 100 V3 V 2 120 57 7 V Z 120 Ue Ur 0V This is actually identical case with example 2 because the resulting line to line voltages U12 Uni Ur2 100 V 230 and U23 Ur Urs Ur 100 V3 VZ 120 are the same as in example 2 The only difference is a 30 phase angle difference but without any absolute angle reference this phase angle difference is not seen by the device 100 ae e U 11 1h 38 100 202 1002 120 U 5 1 aa e120 35 100 20 100 20 U ia ay m 373 109 20 1002 120 1002 60 19 22 60 35 200Z0 38 5 20 373 100260 19 22 60 M VAP ie 212 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 11 Primary secondary and per
179. e 8 3 2 3 Picture of rear Figure 8 3 2 4Pin numbering of the communication port REMOTE FIBRE rear communication ports Profibus DP VAMP E VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 289 8 3 Serial communication 8 Connections connectors Technical description _ E _ E VECH Figure 3 8 3 2 5 Dip switches in RS 485 and optic fibre options Dip switch Switch position Function Function number RS 485 Fibre optics 1 Left 2 wire connection Echo off 1 Right 4 wire connection Echo on 2 Left 2 wire connection Light on in idle state 2 Right 4 wire connection Light off in idle state 3 Left Termination On Not applicable 3 Right Termination Off Not applicable 4 Left Termination On Not applicable 4 Right Termination Off Not applicable 8 3 3 X4 rear panel connector local RS232 and extension RS485 ports Rear panel port Pin Signal LOCAL X4 1 No connection X4 2 Rx in RS232 local X4 3 Tx out RS232 local X4 4 DTR out 8 V X4 5 GND X4 6 No connection X4 7 B RS485 extension port X4 8 A RS485 extension port X4 9 No connection NOTE In VAMP devices a positive RS485 voltage from A to B corresponds to bit value 1 In X4 connector the RS485 extension port is not galvanically isolated ee JAR ie 290 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM
180. e faults is more than 40 ms the stage will release between the faults and the delay counting is restarted from zero for every single fault and no trip will be issued For such cases the intermittent setting can be used Figure 2 15 2 shows an example of how the intermittent setting works The upper start and trip signals are a case with zero intermittent setting The lower signals are another case with intermittent setting 0 12 s The operation time setting is 0 14 s in both cases corresponding to seven 20 ms time slots with faults The time between the second and the third fault exceeds the release time intermittent time Thus the operation delay counter is cleared in both cases with zero intermittent time and with 0 12 s intermittent time The fourth and the next faults do occur after release time but within release time intermittent time Thus the operation delay counter is advanced at every fault in the case the intermittent time setting is more than 100 ms the lower status lines in the figure and finally a trip signal is issued at t 0 87 s When faults do occur more than 20 ms apart each other every single fault will increment the operation delay counter by 20 ms In this example the actual operation time starting from the third fault will be 617 ms although the setting was 140 ms In case the intermittent setting would have been 0 2 s or more the two first faults had been included and a trip would have issued at t 0 64 s
181. e log two is selected by pressing the RIGHT key once log2 I gt log buffer 03 08 21 342 1 2 1 69 xin 0 95 xin 13 Figure 2 2 4 2 Example of selected fault log en VAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 2 5 Operating levels The device has three operating levels User level Operator level and Configurator level The purpose of the access levels is to prevent accidental change of relay configurations parameters or settings USER level Use Possible to read e g parameter values measurements and events Opening Level permanently open Closing Closing not possible OPERATOR level Use Possible to control objects and to change e g the settings of the protection stages Opening Default password is 1 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also close the level CONFIGURATOR level Use The configurator level is needed during the commissioning of the relay E g the scaling of the voltage and current transformers can be set Opening Default password is 2 Setting state Push ENTER Closing The level is automatically closed after 10 minutes idle time Giving the password 9999 can also close the level en JAR ie 20 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Loca
182. e of reactive exported energy E 10 10000 kWh Pulse size of active imported energy Eq 10 10 000 kvarh Pulse size of reactive imported energy E PULSE E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active DURATION exported energy Eqt 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive exported energy E 100 5000 ms Pulse length of active imported energy Eq 100 5000 ms Pulse length of reactive imported energy en JAR i VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 179 3 9 Energy pulse outputs 3 Supporting functions Technical description Scaling examples Example 1 Average active exported power is 250 MW Peak active exported power is 400 MW Pulse size is 250 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 250 0 250 1000 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 400 0 250 1600 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 1600 0 2 2 0 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x108 1000 h 6 a This is not a practical scaling example unless an output relay lifetime of about six years is accepted Example 2 Average active exported power is 100 MW Peak active exported power is 800 MW Pulse size is 400 kWh The average pulse frequency will be 100 0 400 250 pulses h The peak pulse frequency will be 800 0 400 2000 pulses h Set pulse length to 3600 2000 0 2 1 6 s or less The lifetime of the mechanical output relay will be 50x
183. e of the supervised signal TLmax Stage ArcI gt Tol Stage Arcloi gt To2 Stage Arcloz gt ArcI gt pu Pick up setting xIn Set Arclo1 gt pu Pick up setting xIoin Arclo2 gt pu Pick up setting xlo2n ArcIn Light indication source Set selection S1 No sensor selected S2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S1 92 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 BI S1 BI Terminals X6 1 3 S2 BI S1 S2 BI Delayed light signal output Ldly s Delay for delayed light output Set signal LdlyCn Light indication source Set selection S1 No sensor selected g2 Sensor 1 at terminals X6 4 5 S1 92 Sensor 2 at terminals X6 6 7 BI S1 BI Terminals X6 1 3 S2 BI S1 S2 BI For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero M VAP ie 138 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 29 Arc fault protection 50ARC 50NARC optional F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault value load current before the fault and elapsed delay Recorded values of the arc protection stages Arcl gt ArcloiA Arclo2 gt SOARC S50NARC Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type pu Faul
184. e set operate time 100 tripping 2 10 1 Motor status Motor is defined as stopped starting or running e Motor sopped Motor average current is less than 10 of the motor nominal current e Motor starting To reach the starting position motor has to be stopped for least 500ms before starting Motor average current has to increase above the motor start detection current setting value within 200ms Motor will remain starting as long as the terms for turning into running condition are not filled e Motor running Motor is able to turn into a running position from both stopped and starting position Low limit for motor running is 20 of the motors nominal and the high limit for motor running is 120 of the motors nominal current ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 69 2 10 Stall protection Ist gt 48 2 Protection functions Technical description MOTOR STATUS MOTOR STATUS TIME JIL HA Phase current IL DI Status Storred MOTOR STATUS DO hip 4 Motor start counter Cntr A Motor run counter t 133 2mi Ist IMot strs Bh Elapsed time from motor start 191 8 min Motor starts in last hour 0 h Event enabling Mot start event Mot started event Motor running event Motor stopped event Figure 2 10 1 1 Motor status via Vampset and local panel The status of the motor can be viewed via Vampset software or by looking from the local panel of the relay Mstat Statuses Start
185. e setting group during fault M JAR ie 102 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 The thermal overload function protects the motor in the motor mode or cables in the feeder mode against excessive heating Thermal model The temperature is calculated using rms values of phase currents and a thermal model according IEC 60255 8 The rms values are calculated using harmonic components up to the 15th 2 2 Trip time tern Alarm a k ko Tiga Valarm Alarm 60 0 6 Trip a k ko Tide Release time T C k a I Trip release a 0 95 xk xI mode Start release a 0 95 xk x Iae X Valarm Alarm 60 0 6 T Operation time T Thermal time constant tau Setting value In Natural logarithm function I Measured rms phase current the max value of three phase currents Ip Preload current I V xk I If temperature rise is 120 gt 1 2 This parameter is the memory of the algorithm and corresponds to the actual temperature rise k Overload factor Maximum continuous current i e service factor Setting value kO Ambient temperature factor Permitted current due to tamb Figure 2 19 1 Imode The rated current In or Imot C Cooling time coefficient cooling time constant C X T Time constant for cooling situation
186. e the set limit Underfrequency stages f lt and f lt lt Frequency measuring area 16 0 75 0 Hz Current and voltage meas range 45 0 65 0 Hz Frequency stage setting range 40 0 64 0 Hz Low voltage blocking Definite time function operating time 10 100 Un 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s Undervoltage blocking 2 100 Starting time lt 100 ms Reset time lt 120 ms Reset ratio 1 002 Reset ratio LV block Instant no hysteresis Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz starting LV block 3 of the set value or 0 5 V operating time 1 or 30 ms Suitable frequency area for low voltage blocking is 45 65 Hz Low voltage blocking is checking the maximum of line to line voltages This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF stage df dt gt 81R 0 2 10 0 Hz s step 0 1 Hz s Pick up setting df dt Definite time delay t gt and tmin gt are equal operating time t gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s Inverse time delay t gt is more than tmin gt 0 14 10 00 s step 0 02 s Typically 140 ms minimum operating time tMin gt Starting time Reset time t gt Inaccuracy starting 10 of set value or 0 1 Hz s operating time overshoot gt 0 2 Hz s 35 ms when area is
187. earthed e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Calculated signal Iocaic for rigidly and low impedance earthed networks Ioca Ini In2 Ina 310 Additionally the stage Iog gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect short restriking intermittent earth faults e Ioipeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 e Io2Peak to measure the peak value of input Ioe Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start to pick up but will not cause a trip Here a short fault means one cycle or more For shorter than 1 ms transient type of intermittent earth faults in compensated networks there is a dedicated stage Iot gt 67NT When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages I gt and Ig gt gt Both the stages can be configured for definite time delay DT or inverse time delay operation time Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20
188. eck added DNP 3 0 added Programmable inverse delay curves added e ROCOF added e Voltage mode naming convention changed to more descriptive e Integrated Ethernet introduced e TEC 61850 support added e lop gt sector mode characteristics improved e IEC 60870 5 101 added e Older versions of VAMPSET parameter files are not compatible with 6 x firmware e Transient Intermittent 67NI protection function added e RMS mode to I gt added e Programmable curve Operation delay setting extended e Data points added to DNP3 0 and IEC 60870 5 101 protocols e Capacitor overvoltage Uc gt protection function added for VAMP 245 ee JAR ie 342 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 13 Revision history Firmware version 6 62 10 36 10 38 10 45 10 48 10 49 10 51 10 56 10 58 10 65 Description Protocol menus visible in Vampset only if protocol is selected into use to a port Corrections and additions to IEC 60870 5 101 DNP 3 0 Profibus and Modbus slave and TCP protocols DeviceNET protocol support added DCF 77 time syncronisation support added Synchrocheck correction in voltage mode 2LL Ly Second harmonics stage added Data points added to DNP3 0 IEC 60870 5 101 and Modbus slave and TCP protocols RMS mode added and Operation delay setting extended for I gt gt Transient Intermittent 67ND protection function improvement
189. ed to view and analyse the recordings made by the relay For more details please see a separate VAMPSET manual Number of channels At the maximum there can be 12 recordings and the maximum selection of channels in one recording is also 12 limited in waveform recording The digital inputs reserve one channel includes all the inputs Also the digital outputs reserve one channel includes all the outputs If digital inputs and outputs are recorded there will be still 10 channels left for analogue waveforms ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 159 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 Supporting functions Technical description Disturbance recorder parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Mode Behaviour in memory full Set situation Saturated No more recordings are Overflow accepted The oldest recorder will be overwritten SR Sample rate Set 32 cycle Waveform 16 cycle Waveform 8 cycle Waveform 1 10ms One cycle value 1 20ms One cycle value 1 200ms Average 1 1s Average 1 5s Average 1 10s Average 1 15s Average 1 30s Average 1 1min Average Time s Recording length Set PreTrig Amount of recording data Set before the trig moment MaxLen s Maximum time setting This value depends on sample rate number and type of the selected channels and the configured recording length Status Status of recording Not active Run Waiting a triggering Trig
190. ee chapter 9 4 M VAP ie 170 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 6 Current transformer supervision 3 6 Current transformer supervision The device supervise the external wiring between the device terminals and current transformers CT and the CT them selves Furthermore this is a safety function as well since an open secondary of a CT causes dangerous voltages The CT supervisor function measures phase currents If one of the three phase currents drops below Imin lt setting while another phase current is exceeding the Imax gt setting the function will issue an alarm after the operation delay has elapsed Setting parameters of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value Unit Default Description Imax gt 0 0 10 0 xIn 2 0 Upper setting for CT supervisor Imin lt 0 0 10 0 xIn 0 2 Lower setting for CT supervisor t gt 0 02 600 0 s 0 10 Operation delay CT on On Off On CT supervisor on event CT off On Off On CT supervisor off event For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 4 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 171 3 7 Voltage transformer supervision 3 Supporting functions Technical description 3 7 Voltage transformer supervision The device supervises the VTs and VT wiring between the device terminals and the VTs If there is a fuse in the
191. el view 8 Connections Technical description Terminal X3 No Symbol Description 1 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 2 DIL Digital input 1 3 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 8 is re 9 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 10 Al NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 11 Al NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 14 T1 Trip relay 1 15 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 16 17 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage Symbol Description BI External arc light input BO Arc light output COM Common connector of arc light I O S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 positive connector S2 gt Arc sensor 2 negative connector Arc sensor itself is polarity free Terminal X6 with DI19 D120 option Symbol Description DI19 Digital input 19 W z R DI19 Digital a 19 DI20 Digital input 20 WL DI20 Digital input 20 SY wane S1 gt Arc sensor 1 positive connector CS S1 gt Arc sensor 1 negative connector
192. elayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 85 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms ee JAR ie 330 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 4 Supporting functions 9 4 9 4 1 9 4 2 9 4 3 Supporting functions Inrush current detection 68 Settings Setting range 2 Harmonic 10 100 Operating time 0 05 300 00 s step 0 01 s This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Disturbance recorder DR The operation of disturbance recorder depends on the following settings The recording time and the number of records depend on the time setting and the number of selected channels Disturbance recorder DR Mode of recording Saturated Overflow Sample rate Waveform recording 32 cycle 16 cycle 8 cycle Trend curve recording 10 20 200 ms 1 5 10 15 30 s 1 min Recording time one record 0 1 s 12 000 min must be shorter than MAX time Pre trigger rate 0 100 Number of selected channels 0 12 Transformer supervision Current transformer supervision Pick up current 0 00 10 00 x In Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 600 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time
193. electing CB2 setting is active Control is changed to another object only if the current object is not close Blocking of AR shots firmware version gt 5 57 Each AR shot can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output Blocking input is selected with Block setting When selected input is active the shot is blocked A blocked shot is treated like it doesn t exist and AR sequence will jump over it If the last shot in use is blocked any AR request during reclaiming of the previous shot will cause final tripping Starting AR sequence firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request has own separate starting delay counter The one which starting delay has elapsed first will be selected If more than one delay elapses at the same time an AR request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority First shot is selected according to the AR request Next AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting AR sequence firmware version lt 5 1 If more than one AR requests are active a request of the highest priority is selected AR1 has the highest priority and AR4 has the lowest priority After the start delay of shot 1 has elapsed AR opens the CB and starts counting dead time Starting sequence at shot 2 5 amp skipping of AR shots firmware version gt 5 1 Each AR request line can be enabled to any combination of the 5 shots For example making a sequen
194. enseees 53 2 4 1 Application MOdES sssseoseseesessssesereerresssssrsrrrreesesses 53 2 4 2 Current protection function dependencies 53 2 5 Overcurrent stage l gt 50 51 e ssssssesessssesssssssseesseesseree 54 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection ldir gt 67 oo 58 2 7 Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in feeder mode 63 2 8 Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in motor mode 65 2 9 Incorrect phase sequence protection l2 gt gt 47 67 2 10 Stall protection I 48 erelacecteataas ear eanctininiacnaiaeeuntcs 68 21O TeMOTOrSTOTUS stai ddeatea sin cnieiutaceuidatenedewennsasacaeetecs 69 2 11 Frequent start protection N gt 66 ccccsssscsssreeees 71 2 12 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 sssssvacccssssnseseeasreressesdeens 73 2 13 Directional earth fault protection log gt 67N 73 2 14 Earth fault protection lo gt SON 51N cccssccesseeeeees 80 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection lor 67NT 85 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection eseese 9 2 17 Capacitor overvoltage protection Uc gt 59C 95 2 18 Zero sequence voltage protection Uo gt SIN 100 2 19 Thermal overload protection T gt 49 ccsscccsseeees 103 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 uu eesescesssreesseees 106 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 ccsssccssssecesnreees 109 2 22 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 112 2
195. ent stage gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting giving full inverse delay range is 12 5A 5A 2 5 xIn 1875 APrimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 1 25 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 1 25 Al 5 A 0 25 Xon 25 APrimary ee JAR ie 142 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 30 1 Standard inverse delays IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI The available standard inverse delays are divided in four categories IEC IEEE IEEE2 and RI called delay curve families Each category of family contains a set of different delay types according the following table Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will be activated if the delay category is changed and the old delay type doesn t exist in the new category See chapter 2 30 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 30 for more details Table 2 30 1 1 Available standard delay families and the available delay types within each family Curve family o B Ialn Delay type 5 a fa fa ia DT Definite time X NI1 Normal inverse X X VI Very inverse
196. er ANC CUITENT ccccccccesssececeessreeees 207 4 10 Symmetric COMPONENTS secssesecrersccecessssensecenseess 208 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit SCOIING ceeee 211 4 11 1 Current Scaling erie Given ceavaclserielelocusomsedeneusecealecds 212 4 11 2 Voltage Scaling sessssesseeerreessssessrrrerssssssesrreerese 214 4 12 Analogue outputs Option ssseeessssssseesseessesessseessee 217 4 12 1 MA scaling SHON SS ccs csietos ecieceaveaxdpsonavecnevestdeds 217 5 Control functions eeeeeessssssooeeesssssssesosceesssssssssoeeessssssso 219 5 1 QOUtputTtTeldysS srrcsnosirecrssrerissieii er iiris 219 5 2 ECM OTS csiccaticesieainclatien son edeaSeedenarvdleatlesnedsbesaudavenlects 220 5 3 Virtual inputs ONG QUIDUNS ccciccs cides caisicaideveceassascwabaancnds 222 5 4 Output MANX seirer amen aoe rte toate ar MRM t tee Sate Fee rere 222 5 5 BlIOCkiNng MATX i fata ate cease date uacuascotan asad onieanmsweciae nae 223 5 6 Controllable Objects pics cscisahisvtieicanticelienisiiees 224 5 6 1 Local Remote selection x sjeccoscicestecsisescescassnessanass 225 5 7 Auto reclose TUINCTION 79 e sssssssesssesesssressesseressseessee 226 5 8 LOQ C FUNCTIONS sssseessesesssrrssrreessssrieesserrresesererssrreessesrres 233 6 Communication esessssssoeesessssssssooscesssssssssooceessssssssseoee 234 m VAP ie 40 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description Table o
197. er the last front panel push button pressing een JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 55 2 5 Overcurrent stage I gt 50 51 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 I gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value I gt xImode Pick up setting Set Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 30 IEEE Set IEEE2 Pre 1996 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 30 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Dly20x s Delay at 20xIset Dly4x s Delay at 4xIset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 30 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Parameters of the overcurrent stages I gt gt I gt gt gt 50 51 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set
198. erhead line in case there is no earth fault The operation of the unbalanced load function is based on the negative phase sequence component Iz related to the positive phase sequence component l This is calculated from the phase currents using the method of symmetrical components The function requires that the measuring inputs are connected correctly so that the rotation direction of the phase currents are as in chapter 8 9 The unbalance protection has definite time operation characteristic ph where 1 I1 Ir alia a lrs I2 Iti a l2 alts a 12120 5 ye a phasor rotating constant ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 63 2 7 Current unbalance stage 12 gt 46 in feeder mode 2 Protection functions Technical description Setting parameters of current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in feeder mode Parameter Value Unit Default Description 2 I1 gt 2 70 20 Setting value I2 T1 t gt 1 0 600 0 s 10 0 Definite operating time Type DT DT The selection of time INV characteristics S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and recorded values of current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in feeder mode Parameter Value Unit Descr
199. ermittent transient earth fault stage lor gt 67NT Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset after a five minute timeout Tol pu The detected Io value according To2 the parameter Input below Uo The measured Up value Uon 100 Uo gt Uo pick up level Uon 100 Set ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 89 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault protection I0T gt 67NT 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note t gt Operation time Actually the number of cycles including faults x 20 ms When the time between faults exceeds 20 ms the actual operation time will Set be longer Io input IolPeak Io2Peak Io Connectors X1 7 amp 8 Set Io Connectors X1 9 amp 10 Intrmt Intermittent time When the Set next fault occurs within this time the delay counting continues from the previou
200. ervoltage protection U gt 59 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameters of the overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Umax V The supervised value Max of U12 U23 and U31 U gt U gt gt V Pick up value scaled to U gt gt gt primary value U gt U gt gt Un Pick up setting relative to Un Set U gt gt gt t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set t gt gt gt RlsDly s Release delay U gt stage only Set Hyster 3 Dead band size i e hysteresis Set default For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group m VAP
201. es containing assemblies data EtherNet IP implementation on VAMP relay serves as a server and is not capable of initiating communication eee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 251 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description EtherNet IP main configuration parameters Parameter Range Description IP address IP protocol address identifing device in the network Multicast IP Multicast IP address used for sending IO messages Multicast 1 100 Time to live of the IO messages TTL sent to multicast address Vendor ID 1 65535 Identification of a vendor by number Device Type 0 65535 Indication of general type of product Product 1 65535 Identification of a particular Code product of an individual vendor Major 1 127 Major revision of the item the Revision Identity Object represents Minor 1 255 Minor revision of the item the Revision Identity Object represents Serial 0 4294967295 Serial number of device Number Product 32 chars Human readable identification Name Producing 1 1278 Instance number of producing Instance assembly Include On Off Include or exlude Run Idle Run Idle Header in an outgoing IO Header messages Producing Consuming 1 1278 Instance number of consuming Instance assembly Include On Off Expect presence or absence of Run Idle Run Idle Header in an incoming Header IO messages Consuming
202. es of protection 2 Protection functions Technical description stages ReleaseTime I treser TRIP CONTACTS Figure 2 2 2 Reset time is the time it takes the trip or start relay contacts to open atter the fault has been cleared Hysteresis or dead band When comparing a measured value against a pick up value some amount of hysteresis is needed to avoid oscillation near equilibrium situation With zero hysteresis any noise in the measured signal or any noise in the measurement itself would cause unwanted oscillation between fault on and fault off situations Hysteresis GT hysteresis PICK UP LEVEL Figure 2 2 3 Behaviour of a greater than comparator For example in overcurrent and overvoltage stages the hysteresis dead band acts according this figure Hysteresis LT hysteresis l K l l l l l l l PICK UP LEVEL lt PICK UP Figure 2 2 4 Behaviour of a less than comparator For example in under voltage and under frequency stages the hysteresis dead band acts according this figure m VAP ie 50 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 3 List of functions 2 3 List of functions j 10 10 IEEE ala A ANSI code IEC symbol Function name S 2le gt Protection functions 50 51 3D 3
203. escription Terminal X2 Slolelslolalalw r N ow _ ms a oO Q _ N z No Symbol Description 1 z5 2 3 4 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7 A4 Alarm relay 4 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 9 oe ae 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 A838 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 A2NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector o No Symbol Description 1 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 2 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 3 3 AO2 Analog output 2 positive connector 4 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 5 5 AO3 Analog output 3 positive connector 6 6 AO3 Analog output 3 negative connector 7 7 AO4 Analog output 4 positive connector 8 8 A04 Analog output 4 negative connector 9 9 a 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal clo
204. escription 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports 6 1 4 Ethernet port IEC61850 and Modbus TCP uses Ethernet communication Also VAMPSET SPA bus and DNP 3 0 communication can be directed via TCP IP Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Protoc Protocol selection for the Set extension port None Command line interface for VAMPSET ModbusTCPs Modbus TCP slave IEC 61850 IEC 61850 protocol Ethernet IP Ethernet IP protocol Port nnn Ip port for protocol Set default 102 IpAddr n n n n Internet protocol Set address set with VAMPSET NetMsk n n n n Net mask set with Set VAMPSET Gatew default 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP address set Set with VAMPSET NTPSvr n n n n Network time protocol Set server set with VAMPSET 0 0 0 0 no SNTP VS Port nn IP port for Vampset Set KeepAlive nn TCP keepalive interval Set MAC nnnnnnnnnnnn MAC address Msg nnn Message counter Errors nnn Error counter Tout nnn Timeout counter Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 24 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 Communication protocols This protocols enable the transfer of the following type of data events status information measurements control commands clock synchronizing Settings SPA bus and embedded SPA bus only
205. et interface M RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet inc IEC 61850 O LC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 P _ RdJ 45 100Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 R 2xLC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 S 2x RJ 45 100 Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 Analog Outputs amp firmware None version 6 firmware Nore standard firmware 4pcs standard firmware A B 4pcs version 6 firmware E F Explanation External ethernet interface module Profibus interface module Fiber optic Interface Module RS485 Interface Module RS485 Interface Module Ext VO interface External DeviceNet interface module RTD Module 12pcs RTD inputs RS 485 Communication 24 230 Vac dc RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 24 Vdc RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 48 230 Vac dc RS232 programming cable Vampset VEA 3CGi TTL RS232 converter cable PLC VEA 3CGi TTL RS232 converter cable VPA 3CG Arc Sensor External LED module Raising Frame for 200 serie Raising Frame for 200 serie Raising Frame for 200 serie V200 wall aseembly frame Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 3m Cable length 6m Disables rear local communication Height 40mm Height 60mm Height 100mm ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 337 12 Order informat
206. etting is done in menu CONF DEVICE SETUP PC LOCAL SPA BUS This is a second menu for local port X4 The VAMPSET communication status is showed e Bytes size of the transmitter buffer Tx e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Same information as in the previous menu ee JAR ie 34 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting EXTENSION PORT X4 pins 7 8 and 5 e Communication protocol for extension port X4 Protocol e Message counter Msg This can be used to verify that the device is receiving messages e Communication error counter Errors e Communication time out error counter Tout e Information of bit rate data bits parity stop bits This value is not directly editable Editing is done in the appropriate protocol setting menus Ethernet port These parameters are used by the ethernet interface For changing the nnn nnn nnn nnn style parameter values VAMPSET is recommended Ethernet port protocol Protoc IP Port for protocol Port IP address IpAddr Net mask NetMsk Gateway Gatew Name server NameSwl Network time protocol NTP server NTPSvyrl TCP Keep alive interval KeepAlive MAC address MAC IP Port for Vampset VS Port Mes
207. example of digital input DII configuration for trip circuit supervision with one wet digital input m VAP ie 262 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision OUTPUT MATRIX 2 B T4 M A connected connected and latched DM Figure 7 5 1 7 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with one wet digital input Example of dimensioning the external resistor R Uaux 110 Vdc 5 10 Auxiliary voltage with tolerance Short time voltage dips more than 5 are not critical from the trip circuit supervision point of view Relay type for the K1 auxiliary relay Phoenix Contact 2941455 EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 21 LC Au Uri 120 Vac dc 20 10 Coil voltage of the auxiliary relay K1 Tk1 6mA Nominal coil current of the auxiliary relay K1 PcBeol 50 W Rated power of the open coil of the circuit breaker Umin Uax 5 104 5 V Umax Uaux 10 121V Ukimin Uki 10 96V Rkicoi Uxi Ik1 20 kQ Tkimin Uximin Rxicoi 4 8 mA Ikimax Ukimax Rkicoil 6 1 mA RcBoi U aux P 242 Q The external resistance value is calculated using Equation 7 5 1 4 Equation 7 5 1 4 R U rin U kimin T kimin R 104 5 96 0 0048 242 1529 Q By selecting the next smaller standard size we get 1 5 KQ R coil M VAMP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 263
208. f Contents Gale COMMUNICATION DOTS eesecntsacvevesseivuetneseccejneaeaesweineraseds 234 6 1 1 MICO ORT X4 duces tecsctiasta as acesec evan leedeuaasnivee sess 235 6 1 2 Remote port X5 esesssssseserereersesesereeeesessesesereeersessee 237 6 1 3 Extension port DA shia dercssncaincantasadersincedasvntaaus 238 6 1 4 ETSI POft nensessesessseeresssssseserererssssesesrreeresesses 239 6 2 COMMuUnNICatIOnN protocols e ssssssesesssrreessssesesrrerrrsesseo 240 Belg PC CO TC COUN acct entre estuarine ssaieiccaharreauaas 240 6 2 2 Modbus TCP and Modbus RTU wicsscssecssseeseecesees 240 6 2 3 ProfDUS DP arriera ene a E EE 241 624 SRPA DUS ee eee eee Oe ee oe ee ee eee ee ee eee 243 6 2 5 IEC 60870 5 103 poizincivoncietearrinstiarnadaarniecieeatiedans 243 6 216 DNP 3O iapeteipensosdatsvarelascateeneridatiniepmeiasonnass 245 6 2 7 IEC 60870 5 101 spaetiasice rnscnieiienennapsnecmndnee 246 6 2 8 External I O Modbus RTU master cceeeeeees 247 6 2 9 EC 61850 osvesrcsisicssiiisiseisiivisesiiiarsiisirsssoiiisiseisi 247 6 2 10 EtherNet IP n ssoneesneesseeseseesseessoorssseesseeessseesseesseee 249 7 AppicathoNsinsncnnnnn n 251 7 1 Substation feeder protection essssseessessreesserrreserereess 251 7 2 Industrial feeder protection seessessssseesseerreessrrrrrserrreess 252 7 3 Parallel line protection cccsveccdaiusacersstrsudsedensesnnadanceassdurdes 252 7 4 Ring network protection eeeesssssssseseseseressssseseresersesss
209. f Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout 12 Imot Imot The supervised value 12 gt Imot Pick up setting Set t gt s Definite operation time Set Type DT Type DT Definite time Set INV Inverse time Equation 2 8 1 K1 s Delay multiplier Type INV Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 ee JAR ie 66 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 2 9 Incorrect phase sequence protection 12 gt gt 47 Technical description 2 Protection functions Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp unbalance current elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in motor mode 8 latest faults Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Flt Imot Maximum unbalance current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the fault 2 9 Incorrect phase sequence protection la gt gt 47 The phase sequence stage prevents the motor from running in the wrong direction thus protec
210. f a sub menu when it is not selected brings you directly one step up or down in the main menu The active main menu selection is indicated with black back ground color The possible navigating directions in the menu are shown in the upper left corner by means of black triangular symbols ee JAR ie 10 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Figure 2 2 1 2 Principles of the menu structure and navigation in the menus 6 Push the INFO key to obtain additional information about any menu item 7 Push the CANCEL key to revert to the normal display ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 1 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Main menu The general menu structure is shown in Figure 2 2 1 2 The menu is dependent on the user s configuration and the options according the order code For example only the enabled protection stages will appear in the menu A list of the local main menu Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus Interactive mimic display 1 Double size measurements 1 defined by the user 1 Title screen with device name time and firmware version P 14 Power measurements E 4 Energy measurements I 13 Current measurements U 15 Voltage measurements Dema 15 Demand values Umax
211. f phase 3 kW QL1 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 1 kvar QL2 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 2 kvar QL3 P POWER PHASE 1 Reactive power of phase 3 kvar SL1 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 1 kVA SL2 5 P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 2 kVA SL3 j P POWER PHASE 2 Apparent power of phase 3 kVA PF_L1 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 1 PF_L2 P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 2 PF_L3 a P POWER PHASE 2 Power factor of phase 3 cos P COS amp TAN Cosine phi tan k P COS amp TAN Tangent phi cosL1 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L1 cosL2 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L2 cosL3 P COS amp TAN Cosine phi of phase L3 Iseq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual current phase sequency OK Reverse Useq P PHASE SEQUENCIES Actual voltage phase sequency OK Reverse Io P PHASE SEQUENCIES Io Uo angle Io29 P PHASE SEQUENCIES Io2 Uo angle fAdop P PHASE SEQUENCIES Adopted frequency Hz E E ENERGY Exported energy MWh Eq E ENERGY Exported reactive energy Mvar E E ENERGY Imported energy MWh Eq K ENERGY Imported reactive energy Mvar E nn E DECIMAL COUNT Decimals of exported energy en SAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 23 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration
212. f the set value or 5 mA secondary 1 or at 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts phase currents VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Note Motor stopped and running limits are based on the average of three ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions Thermal overload stage T gt 49 Overload factor 0 1 2 40 x Imor or In step 0 01 Alarm setting range 60 99 step 1 Time constant Tau 2 180 min step 1 Cooling time coefficient 1 0 10 0 xTau step 0 1 Max overload at 40 C 70 120 Imor step 1 Max overload at 70 C 50 100 Imor step 1 Ambient temperature 55 125 C step 1 Resetting ratio Start amp trip 0 95 Inaccuracy operating time 5 or 1s Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in motor stage Setting range 2 70 step 1 Definite time characteristic operating time 1 0 600 0s s step 0 1 Inverse time characteristic 1 characteristic curve Inv time multiplier K 1 50 s step 1 upper limit for inverse time 1 000 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit Operate time 5 or 200 ms NOTE Stage is operational when all sec
213. f the setting parameters can be done easily When the desired submenu has been found with the arrow keys press the ENTER key to select the submenu Now the selected setting group is indicated in the down left corner of the display See Figure 2 2 3 2 Set1 is setting group one and Set2 is setting group two When the needed changes to the selected setting group have been done press the LEFT or the RIGHT key to select another group the LEFT key is used when the active setting group is 2 and the RIGHT key is used when the active setting group is 1 group2 SET I gt 51 Setting for stage I gt ILmax 400A Status I gt 600A Figure 2 2 3 2 Example of T gt setting submenu ee JAR ie 18 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations 2 2 4 Fault logs All the protection functions include fault logs The fault log of a function can register up to eight different faults with time stamp information fault values etc Each function has its own logs See Figure 2 2 4 1 log1 AV lt p gt I gt log buffer Log buffer 1 2003 04 28 11 11 52 251 1 2 0 55 xin 0 02 xin Figure 2 2 4 1 Example of fault log To see the values of for example log two press the ENTER key to select the current log log one The current log number is then indicated in the down left corner of the display See Figure 2 2 4 2 Log2 log two Th
214. figuration and parameter setting The minimum procedure to configure a relay is 1 Open the access level Configurator The default password for configurator access level is 2 2 Set the rated values in menu CONF including at least current transformers voltage transformers and generator ratings Also the date and time settings are in this same main menu 3 Enable the needed protection functions and disable the rest of the protection functions in main menu Prot 4 Set the setting parameter of the enable protection stages according the application 5 Connect the output relays to the start and trip signals of the enabled protection stages using the output matrix This can be done in main menu DO although the VAMPSET program is recommended for output matrix editing 6 Configure the needed digital inputs in main menu DI 7 Configure blocking and interlockings for protection stages using the block matrix This can be done in main menu Prot although VAMPSET is recommended for block matrix editing Some of the parameters can only be changed via the RS 232 serial port using the VAMPSET software Such parameters for example passwords blockings and mimic configuration are normally set only during commissioning Some of the parameters require the restarting of the relay This restarting is done automatically when necessary If a parameter change requires restarting the display will show as Figure 2 4 1 autoboot Pick
215. firmation Set timeout LLRetry 1 255 Link layer retry count Set 1 default APLTout 0 65535 ms Application layer Set 5000 default confirmation timeout CnfMode Application layer Set EvOnly default confirmation mode All DBISup Double bit input support Set No default Yes SyncMode 0 65535 S Clock synchronization Set request interval 0 only at boot Set An editable parameter password needed 6 2 7 IEC 60870 5 101 The IEC 60870 5 101 standard is derived from the IEC 60870 5 protocol standard definition In Vamp devices IEC 60870 5 101 communication protocol is available via menu selection The Vamp unit works as a controlled outstation slave unit in unbalanced mode Supported application functions include process data transmission event transmission command transmission general interrogation clock synchronization transmission of integrated totals and acquisition of transmission delay For more information on IEC 60870 5 101 in Vamp devices refer to the IEC 101 Profile checklist amp datalist document m VAP ie 248 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 8 6 2 9 Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note bit s 1200 bps Bitrate used for serial Set 2400 communication 4800 9600 Parity None Parity used for serial Set Even comm
216. for Modbus RTU Set Even Odd Set An editable parameter password needed Profibus DP The Profibus DP protocol is widely used in industry An inbuilt Profibus option card or external VPA 3CG is required Device profile continuous mode In this mode the device is sending a configured set of data parameters continuously to the Profibus DP master The benefit of this mode is the speed and easy access to the data in the Profibus master The drawback is the maximum buffer size of 128 bytes which limits the number of data items transferred to the master Some PLCs have their own limitation for the Profibus buffer size which may further limit the number of transferred data items Device profile Request mode Using the request mode it is possible to read all the available data from the VAMP device and still use only a very short buffer for Profibus data transfer The drawback is the slower overall speed of the data transfer and the need of increased data processing at the Profibus master as every data item must be separately requested by the master NOTE In request more it is not possible to read continuously only one single data item Atleast two data items must be read in turn to get updated data from the device There is a separate manual for VPA 3CG with the code VMVPA ENXX available for the continuous mode and request mode ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 243 6
217. for instance for testing a certain function The force function can be activated as follows 1 Move to the setting state of the desired function for example DO see Chapter 2 4 on page 28 2 Select the Force function the background color of the force text is black force Pick RELAY OUTPUTS 1 Enable forcing T1 Figure 2 8 4 1 Selecting Force function 3 Push the ENTER key 4 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the OFF text to ON that is to activate the Force function 5 Push the ENTER key to return to the selection list Choose the signal to be controlled by force with the UP and DOWN keys for instance the T1 signal 6 Push the ENTER key to confirm the selection Signal T1 can now be controlled by force 7 Push the UP or DOWN key to change the selection from 0 not alert to 1 alert or vice versa 8 Push the ENTER key to execute the forced control operation of the selected function e g making the output relay of T1 to pick up 9 Repeat the steps 7 and 8 to alternate between the on and off state of the function 10 Repeat the steps 1 4 to exit the Force function 11 Push the CANCEL key to return to the main menu NOTE All the interlockings and blockings are bypassed when the force control is used ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 27 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting 2 4 Con
218. fundamental frequency component is measured on all the phase currents When the ratio in any phase exceeds the setting value the stage gives a start signal After a settable delay the stage gives a trip signal The start and trip signals can be used for blocking the other stages The trip delay is irrelevant if only the start signal is used for blocking The trip delay of the stages to be blocked must be more than 60 ms to ensure a proper blocking 2ndHarm Start Register event Trip Register event Setting Delay Enable events 2 Harm Figure 2 26 1 Block diagram of the second harmonic stage Setting parameters of second harmonic blocking 2 Ha 51F2 Parameter Value Unit Default Description If2 gt 10 100 10 Setting value If2 Ifund t_f2 0 05 300 0 s 0 05 Definite operating time S_On Enabled Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled z Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 129 2 26 Second harmonic O C stage If2 gt 51F2 2 Protection functions Technical description Measured and recorded values of second harmonic blocking 2 Ha 51F2 Parameter Value Unit Description Measured IL1H2 2 harmonic of IL1 values proportional to the fund
219. ge this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable overcurrent stages I gt I gt gt and I gt gt gt The first stage I gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation characteristic IDMT The stages I gt gt and gt gt gt have definite time operation characteristic By using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50 operation is obtained Figure 2 5 1 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt overcurrent stage with definite time and inverse time operation time Figure 2 5 2 shows a functional block diagram of the I gt gt and I gt gt gt overcurrent stages with definite time operation delay Inverse operation time Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the I gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 30 The device will show the currently used inverse delay curve graph on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 30 for more information
220. ge 4 ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 13 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Main Number Description ANSI Note menu of code menus If2 gt 3 Second harmonic O C stage 51F2 4 CBFP 3 Circuit breaker failure 50BF 4 protection CBWE 4 Circuit breaker wearing 4 supervision AR 15 Auto reclose 79 CTSV 1 CT supervisor 4 VTSV 1 VT supervisor 4 ArcI gt 4 Optional arc protection stage 50ARC 4 for phase to phase faults and delayed light signal Arclo gt 3 Optional arc protection stage 5ONARC 4 for earth faults Current input I01 Arclo2 gt 3 Optional arc protection stage 5ONARC 4 for earth faults Current input 102 OBJ 11 Object definitions 5 Lgic 2 Status and counters of user s 1 logic CONF 10 2 Device setup scaling etc 6 Bus 13 Serial port and protocol 7 configuration Diag 6 Device selfdiagnosis Notes 1 Configuration is done with VAMPSET 2 Recording files are read with VAMPSET 3 The menu is visible only if protocol ExternallO is selected for one of the serial ports Serial ports are configured in menu Bus 4 The menu is visible only if the stage is enabled 5 Objects are circuit breakers disconnectors ete Their position or status can be displayed and controlled in the interactive mimic display 6 There are two extra menus which are visible only if the
221. ge V3 e Line Uo The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage transformer s for example using a broken delta connection The setting values are relative to the VTO secondary voltage defined in configuration NOTE The Uo signal must be connected according the connection diagram Figure 8 9 1 1 in order to get a correct polarization Please note that actually the negative Uo Uo is to be connected to the device Two independent stages There are two separately adjustable stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt Both stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic The zero sequence voltage function comprises two separately adjust table zero sequence voltage stages stage Uo gt and Uo gt gt ee JAR ie 100 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 18 Zero sequence voltage protection U0 gt 59N Setting groups There are two settings groups available for both stages Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually U0sblock Setting Release Delay Enable Uo gt s delay events Figure 2 18 1 Block diagram of the zero sequence voltage stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt Parameters of the residual overvoltage stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current s
222. ge interruptions The device includes a simple function to detect voltage interruptions The function calculates the number of voltage interruptions and the total time of the voltage off time within a given calendar period The period is based on the real time clock of the device The available periods are 8 hours 00 00 08 00 08 00 16 00 16 00 24 00 one day 00 00 24 00 one week Monday 00 00 Sunday 24 00 one month the first day 00 00 the last day 24 00 one year 1st January 00 00 31st December 24 00 After each period the number of interruptions and the total interruption time are stored as previous values The interruption counter and the total time are cleared for a new period The old previous values are overwritten The voltage interruption is based on the value of the positive sequence voltage U1 and a user given limit value Whenever the measured U goes below the limit the interruption counter is increased and the total time counter starts increasing Shortest recognized interruption time is 40 ms If the voltage off time is shorter it may be recognized depending on the relative depth of the voltage dip If the voltage has been significantly over the limit Ui lt and then there is a small and short under swing it will not be recognized Figure 3 5 1 Voltage U I I I t gt Time 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ms VoltageSag1 Figure 3 5 1 A short voltage interrup
223. ge status LOW NORMAL Only in VAMP255 230 In VAMP 245 this value is found under main menu Meas instead of T In VAMP 245 this value is found at Meas Miscellaneous The depth of the window can be selected ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 25 2 3 Operating measures 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 3 3 3579 11 13 15 Figure 2 8 2 1 Example of harmonics bar display Reading event register The event register can be read from the Evnt submenu 1 Push the RIGHT key once 2 The EVENT LIST appears The display contains a list of all the events that have been configured to be included in the event register event_list EVENT LIST 44v Code 71E10 CB open timeout 2002 02 15 00 17 37 530 Figure 2 3 3 1 Example of an event register 3 Scroll through the event list with the UP and DOWN keys 4 Exit the event list by pushing the LEFT key It is possible to set the order in which the events are sorted If the Order parameter is set to New Old then the first event in the EVENT LIST is the most recent event ee JAR ie 26 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 3 Operating measures 2 3 4 Forced control Force In some menus it is possible to switch a signal on and off by using a force function This feature can be used
224. gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 20 0 x ImopE Mode Directional non directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1V Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function DT Operating time 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Reset ratio angle 2 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated value IN 1 5A Angle Operate time at definite time function value 2 U gt 5 V 1 or 30 ms 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated 30 U 0 1 5 0 V This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 Directional earth fault stages log gt lo gt gt 67N Pick up current 0 005 8 00 x Ion 0 05 20 0 When Iocatc Start voltage 1 50 Uon Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Iocare In r2 I13 Mode Non directional Sector ResCap Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 10 170 Definite time function Operating time 0 10 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family Curve type Time multip
225. gt pu Pick up setting Set t gt s Definite operation time Set C uF Value of a phase to star point Set capacitor UcLN V Rated voltage for phase to Set star point capacitor 1 pu Qcn kvar Rated power of the capacitor bank 0 fn 50 or 60 Hz System frequency used to calculate rated power Qcn Automatically set according the adapted frequency Xc ohm Reactance of the capacitor s fXc Hz Measured average frequency for Xc and UcLN calculation UcLL V V3 x UcLN For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group in use Recorded values of the overvoltage stage 8 latest faults Uc gt 59C Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Single phase fault 2 N Single phase fault 3 N Single phase fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Fit pu Maximum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during the fault ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753
226. he Ior gt stage itself is not used to initiate any AR For transient faults the AR will not help because the fault phenomena itself already includes repeating self extinguishing Intermittent time Single transient faults make the protection to pick up but will not cause trip if the stage has time to release between to successive faults When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new fault happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip A single transient fault is enough to start the stage and increase the delay counter by 20 ms For example if the operating time is 140 ms and the time between two peaks does not exceed the intermittent time setting then the seventh peak will cause a trip Figure 2 15 3 Operation time setting and the actual operation time When the algorithm detects the direction of the fault outwards from the bus the stage picks up and the operation delay counter is incremented with 20 ms and a start signal is issued ee JAR i VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 87 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault 2 Protection functions Technical description protection I0T gt 67NT If the time between successive faults is less than 40 ms a trip signal is issued when the operation time is full When the time between successiv
227. he manual IEC 103 DISTURBANCE RECORDINGS For details see the technical description part of the manual PROFIBUS Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Model e Bit rate bit s Use 2400 bps This parameter is the bit rate between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC The actual Profibus bit rate is automatically set by the Profibus master and can be up to 12 Mbit s e Event numbering style Emodel e Size of the Profibus Tx buffer InBufl e Size of the Profibus Rx buffer OutBufl When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The size of the both buffers is set indirectly when configuring the data items for Profibus e Address for this slave device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Profibus converter type Conv If the shown type is a dash either Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC For details see the technical description part of the manual ee JAR ie 36 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting DNP3 Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity e Addres for this device SlvAddr This address has to be unique within the system e Ma
228. he micro controller in a fault situation If the restarting fails the watchdog issues a self supervision alarm indicating a permanent internal fault When the watchdog circuit detects a permanent fault it always blocks any control of other output relays except for the self supervision output relay In addition the internal supply voltages are supervised Should the auxiliary supply of the device disappear an alarm is automatically given because the internal fault IF output relay functions on a working current principle This means that the IF relay is energized when the auxiliary supply is on and no internal fault is detected Diagnostics The device runs self diagnostic tests for hardware and software in every boot sequence and also performs runtime checking en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 19 3 14 Self supervision 3 Supporting functions Technical description Fatal errors If fatal error has been detected the device releases IF relay contact and error led is set on Local panel will also display an error message about the detected fault Fatal error state is entered when the device is not able to handle protections Runtime errors When self diagnostic function detects a fault Selfdiag Alarm matrix signal is set and an event E56 is generated In case the error was only temporary an off event is generated E57 Self diagnostic error can be reset via local panel interfac
229. he optional arc protection card Arc protection stage Arcl gt 50ARC option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI S1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms Operating time Delayed Arc L gt 0 01 0 15 s BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 85 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms Arc protection stage Arclo gt SONARC option Setting range 0 5 10 0xl Arc sensor connection S1 S2 S1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI S1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms Operating time Delayed Arc L gt 0 01 0 15 s BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time Delayed ARC L lt 120 ms Reset time BO lt 85 ms Reset ratio 0 90 Inaccuracy Starting 10 of the set value Operating time 5 ms Delayed ARC light 10 ms Arc protection stage Arclo2 gt 50NARC option Setting range 0 5 10 0 x In Arc sensor connection S1 S2 1 S2 BI S1 BI S2 BI S1 S2 BI Operating time Light only 13 ms Operating time 4xIset light 17ms Operating time BIN 10 ms Operating time Delayed Arc L gt 0 01 0 15s BO operating time lt 3 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Reset time D
230. hed Trip LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output Tr and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output relay configuration please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off when the signal that caused output Tr to activate e g the TRIP signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latched A C LED lit Application related status indicators Configurable M VAP ie 8 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 2 Local panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Resetting latched indicators and output relays All the indicators and output relays can be given a latching function in the configuration There are several ways to reset latched indicators and relays e From the alarm list move back to the initial display by pushing the CANCEL key for approx 3 s Then reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key e Acknowledge each event in the alarm list one by one by pushing the ENTER key equivalent times Then in the initial display reset the latched indicators and output relays by pushing the ENTER key The latched indicators and relays can also be reset via a remote communication bus or via a digital input configured for that purpose 2 1 5 Adjusting display contrast The reada
231. hen the voltage is off When a protection stage is blocked it won t pick up in case of a fault condition is detected If blocking is activated during the operation delay the delay counting is frozen until the blocking goes off or the pick up reason 1 e the fault condition disappears If the stage is already tripping the blocking has no effect Retardation time Retardation time is the time a protection relay needs to notice that a fault has been cleared during the operation time delay This parameter is important when grading the operation time delay settings between relays eee JAR ie 48 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 2 General features of protection stages RetardationTime tesuur je lt 50 mg DELAY SETTING gt tyuu trer eal A ttam 4 TRIP CONTACTS TD i Figure 2 2 1 Definition for retardation time If the delay setting would be slightly shorter an unselective trip might occur the dash line pulse For example when there is a big fault in an outgoing feeder it might start i e pick up both the incoming and outgoing feeder relay However the fault must be cleared by the outgoing feeder relay and the incoming feeder relay must not trip Although the operating delay setting of the incoming feeder is more than at the outgoing feeder the incoming feeder might still trip if the operation time difference is not big enough
232. hile the VAMP 255 3D7___ has 0 2 A and 1 A Io inputs Example 1 of VAMP 255 limitations CT 750 5 Application mode is Feeder ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 14 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description CTo 100 1 cable CT is used for residual current The cable CT is connected to a 1 A terminals of the available Io inputs For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting for I gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 12 5A 5A 2 5 xIn 1875 ApPrimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 0 5 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 0 5 Al 1 A 0 5 Xon 50 Primary Example 2 of VAMP 255 limitations CT 750 5 Application mode is Motor Rated current of the motor 600 A Tocale In1 It2 113 is used for residual current At secondary level the rated motor current is 600 750 5 4 A For overcurrent stage I gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting giving full inverse delay range is 12 5 A 4A 3 13 xIwor 1875 APrimary For earth fault stage Io gt the table above gives 12 5 A Thus the maximum setting for Io gt stage giving full inverse delay range is 12 5 Al 5 A 2 5 X oN 1875 Aprimary Example 3 of VAMP 230 limitations CT 750 5 Application mode is Feeder CTo 100 5 cable CT is used for residual current For overcurr
233. ida A Demand of phase current IL1 IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2 IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3 Pda kW Demand of active power P PFda Demand of power factor PF Qda kvar Demand of reactive power Q Sda kVA Demand of apparent power S RMS values ILida A Demand of phase current IL1 IL2da A Demand of phase current IL2 IL3da A Demand of phase current IL3 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 203 4 5 Minimum and maximum values 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 5 Minimum and maximum values Minimum and maximum values are registered with time stamps since the latest manual clearing or since the device has been restarted The available registered min amp max values are listed in the following table Min amp Max Description measurement IL1 IL2 IL3 Phase current fundamental frequency value IL1RMS IL2RMS IL3RMS Phase current rms value Tol Io2 Residual current U12 U23 U31 Line to line voltage Uo Zero sequence voltage f Frequency P Q S Active reactive apparent power IL1da IL2da IL3da Demand values of phase currents ILida IL2da IL3da rms value Demand values of phase currents rms values PFda Power factor demand value The clearing parameter ClrMax is common for all these values Parameters Parameter Value Description Set ClrMax Reset all minimum and maximum
234. ie 108 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 Recorded values of the overvoltage stages 8 latest faults U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt 59 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Un Maximum fault voltage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 21 Undervoltage protection U lt 27 This is a basic undervoltage protection The function measures the three line to line voltages and whenever the smallest of them drops below the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued Ifthe fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued Blocking during VT fuse failure As all the protection stages the undervoltage function can be blocked with any internal or external signal using the block matrix For example if the secondary voltage of one of the measuring transformers disappears because of a fuse failure See VT supervision function in chapter 3 7 The blocking signal can also be a signal from the user s logic see chapter 5 8 Self blocking at very low voltage The stages can be blocked with a separate low limit setting With this setting
235. iguration of the relay and instructions for changing settings The second part Technical description of the publication includes detailed protection function descriptions as well as application examples and technical data sheets The Mounting and Commissioning Instructions are published in a separate publication with the code VMMC ENOxx 1 1 Relay features The comprehensive protection functions of the relay make it ideal for utility industrial marine and off shore power distribution applications The relay features the following protection functions List of protection functions J alga IEEE i ls IEC symbol Function name ANSI code M 5 S 5 gt gt Protection functions 50 51 3I gt 3I gt gt 3I gt gt gt Overcurrent protection X X X Tair gt Lan gt gt Directional overcurrent protection o lair gt gt gt Iair gt gt gt gt X X 46 I gt Current unbalance protection in xX x X feeder mode 3 3 46 I gt Current unbalance protection in x xX xX moor mode 47 I gt gt Incorrect phase sequence X x xX protection 48 I gt Stall protection X X X 66 N gt Frequent start protection X X X 37 I lt Undercurrent protection X X X 67N Tog gt Log gt gt Directional earth fault protection X X X To gt Io gt gt Io gt gt gt Earth fault protection 50N 51N bosss X X X 67NT Ior gt Intermittent transient earth fault x x x pr
236. in Tma Figure 2 19 2 Example of the thermal model behaviour Parameters of the thermal overload stage T gt 49 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F Time hh mm ss Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C Force Off Force flag for status forcing Set On for test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 105 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note T Calculated temperature rise F Trip limit is 100 MaxRMS Arms Measured current Highest of the three phases Imax A kxIn Current corresponding to the 100 temperature rise k gt xImode Allowed overload service Set factor Alarm Alarm level Set tau min Thermal time constant Set ctau xtau Coefficient for cooling time Set constant Default 1 0 kTamb xImode Ambient temperature corrected max allowed continuous current Imax40 Imode Allowed load at Tamb 40 Set C Default 100 Imax70 Imode Allowed load at Tamb 70 Set C Tamb C Ambient temperature Set Editable Samb n a Default 40 C Samb Sensor for ambient n a temperature Set ExtAI1 No sensor in use for Ta
237. in time between motor starts 5 of the set value Voltage protection Capacitor overvoltage stage Uc gt 59C Overvoltage setting range Capacitance setting range Rated phase to star point capacitor voltage 1 pu Definite time characteristic operating time Start time Reset time Reset ratio hysteresis Inaccuracy starting time 0 10 2 50 pu 1 pu Ucww 1 00 650 00 uF 100 260000 V 1 0 300 0 s step 0 5 Typically 1 0 s lt 2 0 s 0 97 5 of the set value 1 or 1 s Only in VAMP 245 Overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt 59 Overvoltage setting range Definite time characteristic operating time U gt U gt gt operating time U gt gt gt Starting time Resetting time U gt Resetting time U gt gt U gt gt gt Retardation time Reset ratio Inaccuracy starting operate time 50 150 Un for U gt U gt gt 50 160 Un for U gt gt gt 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 Typically 60 ms 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 lt 95 ms lt 50 ms 0 99 0 800 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 3 of the set value 1 or 380 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts The measurement range is up to 160 V This li
238. in voltage measurement modes which include direct U0 measurement like for example 2Uu Uo but not for example in mode 3U n The directional intermittent transient earth fault protection is used to detect short intermittent transient faults in compensated cable networks The transient faults are self extinguished at some zero crossing of the transient part of the fault current Iraut and the fault duration is typically only 0 1 ms 1 ms Such short intermittent faults can not be correctly recognized by normal directional earth fault function using only the fundamental frequency components of Io and Uo Although a single transient fault usually self extinguishes within less than one millisecond in most cases a new fault happens when the phase to earth voltage of the faulty phase has recovered Figure 2 15 1 1 The voltage measurement modes are described in a separate chapter en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 85 2 15 Intermittent transient earth fault 2 Protection functions Technical description protection I0T gt 67NT EF transientFig3 0 50 100 150 200 Time ms Figure 2 15 1 Typical phase to earth voltages residual current of the faulty feeder and the zero sequence voltage Uo during two transient earth faults in phase L1 In this case the network is compensated Direction algorithm The function is sensitive to the instantaneous sampled values of the residual
239. ing and running can be found from the output and block matrix Therefore it is possible to use these signals for tripping or indication and for blocking purposes OUTPUT MATRIX connected connected and latched T2 T3 T4 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 Motor start Motor runnig BLOCK MATRIX b b gt b gt ip lp gt gt l gt gt gt lp gt gt gt gt 12 gt Motor start Motor runnig Figure 2 10 1 2 Motor status in output and block matrix Softstart Frequency converter drives and soft starter applications will not initiate motor start signal due to the low current while starting motor Motor will change directly from stopped to running position when the current increases into a certain level MOTOR NOVINAL CURRENT 1006 MOTOR RUNNING UMT 20 MOTOR SIOPFED UMT 10 STOP STOP MOTOR CURRENT IHHL 3 Figure 2 10 1 3 The terms of soft start ee JAR ie 70 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 11 Frequent start protection N gt 66 2 11 Normal starting sequence As a default for the motor start detection relay uses value of 6 times motor nominal This value is editable c has fo beless than 200ms Figure 2 10 1 4 The terms of normal starting sequence Frequent start protection N gt 66 The simplest way to start an asynchronous motor is just to switch the stator windings to the supply voltages However every such
240. ion 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder Running virtual comtrade files with VAMP relays Virtual comtrade files can be run with VAMP relays with the v 10 74 software or a later version Relay behaviour can be analysed by playing the recorder data over and over again in the relay memory Steps of opening the VAMPSET setting tool 1 Go to Disturbance record and select Open A 2 Select the comtrade file from you hard disc or equivalent VAMPSET is now ready to read the recording 3 The virtual measurement has to be enabled B in order to send record data to the relay C 4 Sending the file to the relay s memory takes a few seconds Initiate playback of the file by pressing the Go button D The Change to control mode button takes you back to the virtual measurement v Show AYG Show RMS v Show MINM v Show Vector Reading record file l lo c BI 1 Enable virtual measurement 1 2 fs fe Is EMTDC_Simulation 1 Serial Comi icatic Sending record data to device O76 155457 mem CATF25FD F4 FE 04 FE 12 FE OC FE 1A FE 16 FE 00 FE 06 FD a 077 155457 mem C47F40 FD F6 FD F4 FD EE FD ES FD E2 FD CA FD D4 FD CAF 078 15 54 58 mem C47F5A FD D2 FD DE FD EC FD EC FD FA FE 02 FE 08 FE 08 FI 079 15 54 58 mem C47F74 FE 16 FE 10 FE 10 FE 06 FD FE FD FA FD EE FD E4 FD 080 15 54 58 mem C47F6E FD C8 FD CA FD ED FD D6 FD D2 FD EO FD EB FD EA F 081 155458
241. ion Technical description VAMP 245 ORDERING CODE VAMP 245 3 Nominal current A 3 1A 5A Nominal earth fault current lo1 amp lo2 A C 1A amp 5A D O02A8 amp 1A Frequency Hz 7 Standard relay Supply voltage V A 40 265Vac dc 18 36Vdc 40 265Vac de ARC Protection 18 36Vdc ARC Protection 40 265Vac de DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional 18 36Vdc DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional 7 m 0OW 1 Optional hardware None Plastic Plastic serial fibre interface Profibus interface RS 485 interface 4 wire Glass Glass serial fibre interface Rx Plastic Tx Glass serial fibre interface Rx Glass Tx Plastic serial fibre interface RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet interface Ru 45 10Mbps ethernet inc IEC 61850 LC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 RJ 45 100Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 2xLC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 2x RJ 45 100 Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 oOnVOZITOMmMIOOD I Analog Outputs amp firmware A None version 6 firmware B 4pcs version 6 firmware E Nore standard firmware F 4pcs standard firmware Note Optional hardw are A H available Accessories Order Code Explanation Note VEA3CGi External ethernet interface module VPA3CG Profibus interface module VSE001 Fiber optic Interface Module VSE002 RS485 Interface M
242. ion functions Technical description 00 IEEE2MI so IEEE2 NI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 10 10 8 a Taam Se Be 4 4 e z c co 2 2 1 1 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 0 08 0 06 0 06 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 1 2 3 4 5678 10 20 TIset inverseDelayIEEE2_MI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE2_NI Figure 2 30 1 11 IEEE moderately Figure 2 80 1 12 IEEE normal inverse delay inverse delay ae IEC VI oo IEEE2 EI 400 400 200 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 19 19 pa L e L 6 4 4 E E D D 2 2 1 1 0 8 0 8 0 6 0 6 0 4 0 4 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 08 k 0 1 0 08 0 06 10 05 0 06 K 0 5 k1 1 2 3 45678 10 20 1 2 3 45678 10 20 T Iset inverseDelayIEC_VI T Iset inverseDelayIEEE2_EI Figure 2 30 1 13 IEEE very inverse Figure 2 30 1 14 IEEE extremely delay Inverse delay ee JAR ie 152 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation RI and RXIDG type inverse time operation These two inverse delay types have their origin in old ASEA nowadays ABB earth fault relays The operation delay of types RI and RXIDG depends on the measured value and other parameters according Equation 2 30 1 4 and Equation 2 30 1 5 Actually these equations can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault Modified versions are implemented in the device for real time usage
243. ion modules s ssssseesercessessee 303 8 8 1 Optional arc protection sesssssesssesessssesesrreerese 303 8 8 2 Optional DI19 D120 asia castes deere tastecinieueenieaatectesers 303 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 4 Table of Contents Technical description 8 9 Connection OSS ries sire acres vee seteseareacaimewercenitareeasias 304 8 9 l VAMP So edict e ius eo eae ere iat 304 8 9 2 VAMP 245 eenei EE OEREO 308 89 3 VAMP 230 irra EEEE E E EERS 309 9 Technical AGG siccieiiccirsarceermmnaaeeeknncanammannas 312 9 1 o a E e A a a a ESSES 312 9 1 1 Measuring Circuitry csascacricxeraesnscedensacrtsansewtnoeasees 312 9 1 AUX lIaAry VOWS sites avescdacaviasissvocwsaveessivsa thacheaecn 313 913s TNIV IIS sseni a aa 313 ITA MO CONOCIS eee eon a Ree ae er ee rer em 313 91 5 AINAN COMACIS rniii d Nxsbeitadacnnthasdsueuesedeseiaies 314 9 1 6 Local serial COMMUNICATION pOr ssssssessssseee 314 9 1 7 Remote control CONNectoOn eesesssesesssssessesseree 314 9 1 8 Arc protection interface Option eee 315 9 1 9 Analogue output connections option 315 9 1 10 Arc protection interface option 600 315 9 2 Tests and environmental Conditions scccecceees 316 9 2 1 Disturbance tests iscccuia ces coussncucduciar inceaaencciteats 316 9 2 2 Dielectric test VONGOSS secsisssnsessuesecetsancmsesserneesseis 316 9 2 3 Mechanical tests cessiassei a suat
244. ion monitoring function with maximum eight current cycles points See Table 3 8 1 If less than eight points needed the unused points are set to Ipic 1 where Ipic is more than the maximum breaking capacity If the CB wearing characteristics or part of it is a straight line on a log log graph the two end points are enough to define that part of the characteristics This is because the device is using logarithmic interpolation for any current values falling in between the given current points 2 8 The points 4 8 are not needed for the CB in Figure 3 8 1 Thus they are set to 100 kA and one operation in the table to be discarded by the algorithm ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 173 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring 3 Supporting functions Technical description 100000 f T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 oo 1 1 1 1 T 1 1 1 1 pssspaa 1 1 1 1 1 1 E ess 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L 4 PREE 10000 1000 Seopa ec e sinker a l 1 1 1 1 100 BU Paar a a aa Number of permitted operations 710 aa ea nt gee Po Shot b os posto c ote qe cdo ssa ase eg oe et eee 10 Ln n oaeen 100 200 500 1000 10000 100000 Breaked cu rrent A CBWEARcharacteristics Figure 3 8 1 An example of a circuit breaker wearing characteristic graph Table 3 8 1 An example of circuit breaker wearing characteri
245. ional hardware A None B Plastic Plastic serial fibre interface C Profibus interface D RS 485 interface 4 wire E Glass Glass serial fibre interface F Rx Plastic Tx Glass serial fibre interface G Rx Glass Tx Plastic serial fibre interface H RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet interface M RJ 45 10Mbps ethernet inc IEC 61850 O LC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 P RJ 45 100Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 R 2xLC 100 Mbps ethernet fibre interface inc IEC 61850 S 2x RJ 45 100 Mbps ethernet interface inc IEC 61850 Analog Outputs amp firmware A None version 6 firmware B 4pcs version 6 firmware E Nore standard firmware F 4pcs standard firmware Note Optional hardw are A H available Note Accessories Order Code Explanation VEA3CGi External ethernet interface module VPA3CG Profibus interface module VSE001 Fiber optic Interface Module VSE002 RS485 Interface Module VSE003 RS485 Interface Module Ext VO interface VSE009 External DeviceNet interface module VIO 12 AB RTD Module 12pcs RTD inputs RS 485 Communication 24 230 Vac dc VIO 12 AC RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 24 Vdc VIO 12 AD RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 48 230 Vac dc VX003 3 RS232 programming cable Vampset VEA 3CGi VxX004 M3 L RS232 converter cable
246. ions and symbols sssssesssesssessssssssesees 331 11 CONSTIUCTIONS iijccisiicassecdeceiinesiiereeernndinicrnareemaminanenae 333 12 Order information 5 5 cc0sscceecssscesaansnennseetecsavecinaapensnteopeanieecsane 334 13 Revision history eeeeseseeesssssessssesssssesessseesseseseeesseeeesesesseeee 338 14 Reference information sssscccccccccssssssssnseeeccceeeeseees 343 m VAP ie 42 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 1 Introduction 1 1 Main features 1 Introduction This part of the user manual describes the protection functions provides a few application examples and contains technical data The numerical VAMP feeder and motor protection device includes all the essential protection functions needed to protect feeders and motors in distribution networks of utilities industry power plants and offshore applications Further the device includes several programmable functions such as arc option thermal trip circuit supervision and circuit breaker protection and communication protocols for various protection and communication situations 400kV 200 kV transmission network 110 kV network Remote control Transmission substations Power plants Distribution substation m Protection relay 2 u T g Protection relay 20 kV overhead line Secondary 20 kV cable su
247. iption Measured I2 I1 Relative negative sequence value component Recorded SCntr Cumulative start counter values TCntr Cumulative start counter Fit Maximum I2 I fault component EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping eee JAR ie 64 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 8 Current unbalance stage 12 gt 46 in motor mode 2 8 Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in motor mode Current unbalance in a motor causes double frequency currents in the rotor This warms up the surface of the rotor and the available thermal capacity of the rotor is much less than the thermal capacity of the whole motor Thus an rms current based overload protection see chapter 2 19 is not capable to protect a motor against current unbalance The current unbalance protection is based on the negative sequence of the base frequency phase currents Both definite time and inverse time characteristics are available Inverse delay The inverse delay is based on the following equation Equation 2 8 1 K T __ where I T Operation time K Delay multiplier Iz Measured and calculated negative sequence phase current of fundamental frequency Imo Nominal current of the motor K Pick up setting Is gt in pu The maximum allowed degree of unbalance Example K 15s Ig 22 9 0 229 xImot K2
248. irectional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 2 Protection functions Technical description definite time DT operation delay The device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 30 for more information Cold load and inrush current handling See chapter 3 3 Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Figure 2 6 4 shows the functional block of the Idir gt stage 3vidirsblock Start Register event Register event Figure 2 6 4 Block diagram of the three phase overcurrent stage Iair gt Dir Base angle Setting Idir gt s Delay ei iaverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable events Not dir characteristics Parameters of the directional overcurrent stages ldir gt lair gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group 7 None DIx Digital input Set VIx Virtual input LEDx LED
249. ive only the start of the motor Equation 2 10 1 I T ae where meas T Operation time Istart Start current of the motor Default 6 00xImot Imeas Measured current during start Tstart Maximum allowed start time for the motor TIME Tsrarr gt IstartMin Istart CURRENT Figure 2 10 1 Operation time delay of the stall protection stage Ist gt If the measured current is less than the specified start current Istart the operation time will be longer than the specified start time T start and vice versa eee JAR ie 68 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 10 Stall protection Ist gt 48 Istlohko Motor nom Delay Definite inverse urrent time Inverse delay Enable events Figure 2 10 2 Block diagram of the stall protection stage I gt Parameters of the stall protection stage ls gt 48 Parameter Value unit Description Setting ImotSt xImot Nominal motor starting values current Ist gt Imot Motor start detection current Must be less than initial motor starting current Type DT Operation charact definite time Inv Operation charact inverse time tDT gt s Operation time s tInv gt s Time multiplier at inverse time Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt xImot Max value of fault EDly Elapsed time as compared to th
250. ivinasaceyebuaseiaadedcheensbes 316 9 2 4 Environmental Conditions ccccessesssseenesseeeees 316 I2 CASING eeni nenia ana e ES 316 9 2 6 PACKAQE eseessessseseeecrrssssesereerresssosereeeeeesessesesrreerese 317 9 3 Protection PUNCHONS sssenssessesessseeesesessneesseesseressseessee 317 9 3 1 Non directional Current protection eseese 317 9 3 2 Directional current protection scsccsccccsseees 322 9 3 3 Frequent start Protection 10 scccecsscssssssecessenassscsess 324 9 3 4 Voltage Protection sesessseereesssseserrrersssssseerreerese 324 9 3 5 Frequency protection sissasssvencicievsvadacsvendenseresesaeess 325 9 3 6 Power protection esssssesssesersesssseserreerssssssererreeese 326 9 3 7 Synchrocheck TUNGCHOM iis iescicsssazabioviatevsanceaiguveits 327 9 3 8 Second harmonic fUNCHON s ssssssesessssessesessseessee 327 9 3 9 Circuit breaker failure protection eeesesseeceesce 327 9 3 10 Arc fault protection Option sgsiisiievisaacieieiins 328 9 4 SUPPOrtINg FUNCHONS sseessessseseesseseeessrrerssesrreessrrersseseee 329 9 4 1 Inrush current detection 68 cccccccssseeeees 329 9 4 2 Disturbance recorder DR ssccssscecsssreceees 329 9 4 3 Transformer SUBEIVISION essssseesseseesssssreesseerrsssse 329 JAA Voltage sag amp SWEll scsccsccsccccessesssssenessecsens 330 9 4 5 Voltage INterUptions sssccccccccsssssessccrerseceesceees 330 10 Abbreviat
251. k and synchronization 3 Supporting functions Technical description Parameter Value Unit Description Note SySre Clock synchronisation source Internal No sync recognized since 200 s DI Digital input SNTP Protocol syne SpaBus Protocol syne ModBus Protocol syne ProfibusDP Protocol syne TEC 103 Protocol syne IEC 101 Protocol syne DNP3 MsgCnt 0 65535 The number of received 0 etc synchronisation messages or pulses Dev 32767 ms Latest time deviation between the system clock and the received synchronization SyOS 10000 000 s Synchronisation correction for Set any constant error in the synchronizing source AAIntv 10000 s Adapted auto adjust interval Set for 1 ms correction AvDrft Lead Adapted average clock drift Set Lag sign FilDev 125 ms Filtered synchronisation deviation Set An editable parameter password needed Astronomically a range 11 12 h would be enough but for political and geographical reasons a larger range is needed Tf external synchoronization is used this parameter will be set automatically Set the DI delay to its minimum and the polarity such that the leading edge is the synchronizing edge Synchronisation with DI Clock can be synchronized by reading minute pulses from digital inputs virtual inputs or virtual outputs Sync source is selected with SyncDI setting When rising edge is detected from the selected in
252. l panel user interface 2 2 Local panel operations Opening access 1 Push the INFO key and the ENTER key on the front panel ENTER PASSWORD a k O v Figure 2 2 5 1 Opening the access level 2 Enter the password needed for the desired level the password can contain four digits The digits are supplied one by one by first moving to the position of the digit using the RIGHT key and then setting the desired digit value using the UP key 3 Push the ENTER key Password handling The passwords can only be changed using VAMPSET software connected to the local RS 232 port on the relay It is possible to restore the password s in case the password is lost or forgotten In order to restore the password s a relay program is needed The serial port settings are 38400 bps 8 data bits no parity and one stop bit The bit rate is configurable via the front panel Command Description get pwd_break Get the break code Example 6569403 get serno Get the serial number of the relay Example 12345 Send both the numbers to vampsupport vamp fi and ask for a password break A device specific break code is sent back to you That code will be valid for the next two weeks Command Description set pwd_break 4435876 Restore the factory default passwords 4435876 is just an example The actual code should be asked from VAMP Ltd Now the passwords are restored to the default values See chapter 2 2 5
253. lc IL1 IL2 IL3 Set Io1Peak X1 7 8 peak mode Iog gt only Io2Peak X1 9 10 peak mode Iog gt only Intrmt s Intermittent time Set Dly20x s Delay at 20xIon Dly4x s Delay at 4xIoset Dly2x s Delay at 2xIoset Dlylx s Delay at 1xIoset A B C D User s constants for standard Set E equations Type Parameters See chapter 2 30 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 83 2 14 Earth fault protection 10 gt 50N 51N 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stages lo gt gt lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F TripTime s Estimated time to trip SCntr Cumulative start counter Clr TCntr Cumulative trip counter Clr SetGrp lor2 Active setting group Set SgrpDI Digital signal to select the active setting group None Dix Digital input Set Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout To pu The supervised value Jo2 according the parameter IoCal
254. least Operator Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 e SGrpDI The setting group is not controlled by any digital input This value can be edited if the operating level is at least Configurator e Force Off The status forcing and output relay forcing is disabled This force flag status can be set to On or back to Off if the operating level is at least Configurator If no front panel button is pressed within five minutes and there is no VAMPSET communication the force flag will be set to Off position The forcing is explained in chapter 2 3 4 ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 15 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration Second menu of I gt gt 50 51 stage second menu AV lt gt gt gt SET 50 51 Stage setting group 1 ExDI ILmax 403A ExDO Status z Prot gt gt 1013A gt gt 2 50xiIn 0 60s Figure 2 2 2 2 Second menu next on the right of I gt gt 50 51 stage This is the main setting menu The content is e Stage setting group 1 These are the group 1 setting values The other setting group can be seen by pressing push buttons ENTER and then RIGHT or LEFT Setting groups are explained in chapter 2 2 3 e ILmax 403A The maximum of the three measured phase currents is at the moment 403 A This is the value the stage is supervising e Status Status of the stage This is just a copy of the status v
255. lgorithm condition OK Reference current Trig limit current Current change to trig Triggering digital input Line reactance unit Blocked before next trig Xmax limit Unit km Event enabling ee JAR ie 196 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 16 Earth fault location 3 16 Earth fault location The device includes a sophisticated stand alone earth fault location algorithm The algorithm can locate an earth fault accurately in radically operated compensated earthed networks The function can locate a fault only if the fault resistance is low say less than 50 ohms The fault location is given in reactance value This value can then be exported for example with event to a DMS Distribution Management System The system can then localize the fault and display it on a map The fault location must be used in the incoming bay of the substation Therefore the fault location is obtained for the whole network with just one device This is very cost effective upgrade of an existing system Please note also that the earth fault location function requires a change during an earth fault This change is done by switching the secondary resistor of the compensation coil on or off The fault should be allowed to be on at least 200 ms of which 100 ms without the resistor The resistor change can be done by using the logic functionality of the device The reactan
256. lier k DT IEC IEEE RI Prg EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Reset time Reset ratio Reset ratio angle Typically 60 ms lt 95 ms 0 95 20 Inaccuracy Starting Uo amp lIo rated value In 1 5A Starting Uo amp Io Peak Mode when rated value Ion 1 10A Starting Uo amp lo Tocai Angle Operate time at definite time function Operate time at IDMT function Sine wave lt 65 Hz else 20 1 or 30 ms 3 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value 2 when U gt 1V and Io gt 5 of Ion 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts eee JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 325 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description 9 3 3 9 3 4 Frequent start protection Frequent start protection N gt 66 Settings Max motor starts Min time between motor starts 1 20 0 0 100 min step 0 1 min Operation time lt 250 ms Inaccuracy M
257. lush Panel mounting VAMP E VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 335 12 Order information Technical description 12 Order information When ordering please state e Type designation VAMP 255 VAMP 245 or VAMP 230 e Quantity e Options see respective ordering code Ordering codes of VAMP feeder managers ee JAR ie 336 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description 12 Order information VAMP 230 ORDERING CODE VAMP 230 3 Nominal current A 3 1A 5A Note Optional hardw are A H available Accessories Order Code VEA3CGi VPA3CG VSE001 VSE002 VSE003 VSE009 VIO 12 AB VIO 12 AC VIO 12 AD VX003 3 VX004 M3 VX007 F3 VA 1 DA 6 VAM 16D VYX076 VYX077 VYX233 V200WAF Nominal earth fault current lo1 amp lo2 A c 1A amp 5A D 02A amp 1A Frequency Hz 7 Standard relay Supply voltage V A 40 265Vac dc 18 36Vdc 40 265Vac de ARC Protection 18 36Vdc ARC Protection 40 265Vac de DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional 18 36Vdc DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional 7 mm000OW Ii Optional hardware A None B Plastic Plastic serial fibre interface C Profibus interface D RS 485 interface 4 wire E Glass Glass serial fibre interface F Rx Plastic Tx Glass serial fibre interface G Rx Glass Tx Plastic serial fibre interface H RJ 45 10Mbps ethern
258. ly 81 The elapsed operation delay has been 81 of the setting 0 60 s 0 49 s Any registered elapsed delay less than 100 means that the stage has not tripped because the fault duration has been shorter than the delay setting e SetGrp 1 The setting group has been 1 This line can be reached by pressing ENTER and several times the DOWN button en JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 17 2 2 Local panel operations 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 2 3 Setting groups Most of the protection functions of the relay have two setting groups These groups are useful for example when the network topology is changed frequently The active group can be changed by a digital input through remote communication or locally by using the local panel The active setting group of each protection function can be selected separately Figure 2 2 3 1 shows an example where the changing of the I gt setting group is handled with digital input one SGrpDI If the digital input is TRUE the active setting group is group two and correspondingly the active group is group one if the digital input is FALSE If no digital input is selected SGrpDI the active group can be selected by changing the value of the parameter SetGrp group AV gt I gt STATUS Status SCntr TCntr SetGrp SGrpDI Force Figure 2 2 3 1 Example of protection submenu with setting group parameters The changing o
259. mand The data in a message frame is identified by e type identification e function type and e information number These are fixed for data items in the compatible range of the protocol for example the trip of I gt function is identified by type identification 1 function type 160 and information number 90 Private range function types are used for such data items which are not defined by the standard e g the status of the digital inputs and the control of the objects The function type and information number used in private range messages is configurable This enables flexible interfacing to different master systems For more information on IEC 60870 5 103 in Vamp devices refer to the IEC103 Interoperability List document Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 254 An unique address within Set the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 9600 19200 MeasInt 200 10000 ms Minimum measurement Set response interval SyncRe ASDU6 response time Set Sync mode Sync Proc Msg Msg Proc Set An editable parameter password needed ee JAR ie 246 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols Parameters for disturbance record reading Parameter Value Unit Description Note ASDU23 On Enable record info Set Off message Smpls msg 1 25 Record samples in o
260. mary and secondary scaling Current scaling i I I CT pri secondary gt primary PRI L SEC CT sec f CT src primary gt secondary I SEC 7 I a o CT pr For residual currents to inputs Io1 or Ioz use the corresponding CTpri and CTszc values For earth fault stages using IocaLc signals use the phase current CT values for CTpri and CTszc Example 1 Secondary to primary CT 500 5 Current to the device s input is 4 A Primary current is Iprr 4x500 5 400 A Example 2 Primary to secondary CT 500 5 The device displays Ipri 400 A Injected current is Isec 400x5 500 4 A Per unit pu scaling For phase currents excluding Arcl gt stage 1 pu 1xImopr 100 where Imope is the rated current according to the mode see chapter 10 For residual currents and ArcI gt stage 1 pu 1xCTszc for secondary side and 1 pu 1xCTpri for primary side Phase current scaling for motor mode Phase current scaling for feeder mode ArcI gt stage and residual current 3Io I SEC CT prr _ I SEC secondary gt per unit I PUT Z I PU gt gt CT sxc I MOT CT sxc I MOT per unit gt secondary Tero Ipu GT xe i Torg Tiy 2 Clg CT prr ee JAR ia 214 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 11 Primary secondary and per unit scaling Example 1 Secondary to per unit for feede
261. mb 16 External Analogue input 1 16 For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 The overvoltage function measures the fundamental frequency component of the line to line voltages regardless of the voltage measurement mode chapter 4 7 By using line to line voltages any phase to ground over voltages during earth faults have no effect The earth fault protection functions will take care of earth faults Whenever any of these three line to line voltages exceeds the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation time delay setting a trip signal is issued In rigidly earthed 4 wire networks with loads between phase and neutral overvoltage protection may be needed for phase to ground voltages too In such applications the programmable stages can be used See chapter 2 28 m VAP ie 106 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 20 Overvoltage protection U gt 59 Three independent stages There are three separately adjustable stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt All the stages can be configured for definite time DT operation characteristic Configurable relea
262. menus selecting a digit in a numerical value LEFT RIGHT 5 Additional information key INFO NOTE The term which is used for the buttons in this manual is inside the brackets Se ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 7 2 1 Relay front panel 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration 2 1 4 Operation Indicators The relay is provided with eight LED indicators Power Cy aes Error Com VY Alarm Trip A B Cc an i AN AAAS CAAA Figure 2 1 4 1 Operation indicators of the relay LED indicator Meaning Measure Remarks Power LED lit The auxiliary power has been switched on Normal operation state Error LED lit Internal fault operates in parallel with the self supervision output relay The relay attempts to reboot REBOOT If the error LED remains lit call for maintenance Com LED lit or flashing The serial bus is in use and transferring information Normal operation state Alarm LED lit One or several signals of the output relay matrix have been assigned to output LA and the output has been activated by one of the signals For more information about output matrix please see chapter 2 4 5 The LED is switched off when the signal that caused output Al to activate e g the START signal is reset The resetting depends on the type of configuration connected or latc
263. mits the maximum usable setting when rated VT secondary is more than 100 V Only in VAMP 255 230 eee JAR ie 326 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions Undervoltage stages U lt U lt lt and U lt lt lt 27 Setting range 20 120 xUn Definite time function Operating time U lt 0 08 300 00 s step 0 02 s Operating time U lt lt and U lt lt lt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Undervoltage blocking 0 80 x Un Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time for U lt 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s Reset time for U lt lt and U lt lt lt lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio hysteresis 1 001 1 200 0 1 20 0 step 0 1 Reset ratio Block limit 0 5 V or 1 03 3 Inaccuracy starting 3 of set value blocking 3 of set value or 0 5 V time 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 Zero sequence voltage stages Uo gt and Uo gt gt 59N Zero sequence voltage setting range 1 60 Uon Definite time function Operating time 0 3 300 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Inacc
264. mmon terminal and the D114 DI18 cannot be used because they share the same common terminal with DI13 eee JAR im VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 267 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS Input Off Event Alarm display Counters 1 0 HO 0 00 On on On 0 2 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 3 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 4 0 HO 0 00s On On On 0 5 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 6 0 NO 0 00s On on on 0 7 0 NC 0 00 s Off Off Off 0 8 0 NO 0 00s On On on 0 9 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 10 0 HO 0 00 On On on 0 411 0 HO 0 00 On On On 0 12 0 HO 0 00s On on on 0 13 0 NC 0 00s Off Off Off 0 Figure 7 5 2 3 An example of digital input configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs DI7 and DI13 LOGIC B Figure 7 5 2 4 An example of logic configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs DI7 and DI13 OUTPUT MATRIX Figure 7 8 2 5 An example of output matrix configuration for trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs ee JAR ie 268 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Connections Rear panel view VAMP 255 A Technical description 8 1 8 1 MOVaSScdNWA o m _ lo w e qe zez s Y90171 an N
265. nce voltage measurement Uo terminals X1 17 18 M VAP ie 206 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 8 Power calculation 4 8 Power calculation The power calculation in VAMP devices are dependent on the voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 The equations used for power calculations are described in this chapter The device is connected to line to line voltages When the device is connected to line to line voltages the voltage measurement mode is set to equal to 2LL Uo The following Aron equation is used for power calculation S U a Ua drs where Three phase power phasor Q l P Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage between phases L1 and L2 I Complex conjugate of the measured phase L1 fundamental frequency current phasor U Measured voltage phasor corresponding the fundamental frequency voltage between phases L2 and L3 I Complex conjugate of the measured phase L3 fundamental frequency current phasor Apparent power active power and reactive power are calculated as follows s s P real S Q imag S cos ae S M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 207 4 8 Power calculation 4 Measurement functions Technical description The device is connected to line to neutral voltage When the device is connected to line to neutral voltages th
266. ndication signal and technical data amended Description of running virtual comtrade files with VAMP relays added in chapter Disturbance recorder Rear panel connector X5 REMOTE content amended VM255 EN024 Added the reponse time to Technical data of Analogue output connections Chapter Short circuit falut location amended Degree of protection IEC 60529 changed from IP 20 to IP54 m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 341 13 Revision history Technical description Firmware revision history Firmware version 2 5 2 14 2 18 2 26 2 39 2 42 2 43 2 50 4 17 4 19 4 32 4 56 4 59 4 71 5 5 5 46 5 75 6 23 6 43 Description Stages f gt and f gt gt changed to f gt lt fX and f gt gt lt lt fXX where the comparator is selectable gt or lt Recovery time after object fail decreased from 60 s to 1 2 s Arc sensor faults added to the output matrix AR Enable added to the output matrix Disturbance recorder available in SpaBus Logic events AR final trips and energy measurements added to IEC 103 e Configurable scroll order of events added Old New New Old e THD measurands added to VAMPSET Sag amp Swell added Four controllable objects Controlling of objects 3 and 4 added to IEC 1038 Motor protection functions added Support for optional digital inputs DI19 DI20 with one arc channel CBWEAR added CT VT supervision added Synchroch
267. ne 358 0 20 753 3264 149 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description Equation 2 30 1 3 Actually this equation can only be used to draw graphs or when the measured value I is constant during the fault A modified version is implemented in the device for real time usage eee JAR ie 150 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation Equation 2 80 1 8 t k A 2 z E I I I RE C C C pickup T sikip deus t Operation delay in seconds k User s multiplier I Measured value Tpickup User s pick up setting A B C D E Constant parameter according Table 2 30 1 4 Table 2 30 1 4 Constants for IEEE2 inverse delay equation Delay t Parameter inf A B C D E MI Moderately inverse 0 1735 0 6791 0 8 0 08 0 1271 NI Normally inverse 0 0274 2 2614 0 3 1899 9 1272 VI Very inverse 0 0615 0 7989 0 34 0 284 4 0505 EI Extremely inverse 0 0399 0 2294 0 5 3 0094 0 7222 Example for Delay type Moderately inverse MI k 0 50 I 4pu Ipickup 2pu A 0 1735 B 0 6791 C 0 8 D 0 08 E 0 127 e aL a LL S ea Go The operation time in this example will be 0 38 seconds The same result can be read from Figure 2 30 1 11 m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 151 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protect
268. ne Set message Timeout 10 10000 s Record reading timeout Set Fault Fault identifier number for IEC 103 Starts trips of all stages TagPos Position of read pointer Chn Active channel ChnPos Channel read position Fault numbering Faults Total number of faults GridFlts Fault burst identifier number Grid Time window to classify Set faults together to the same burst Set An editable parameter password needed 6 2 6 DNP 3 0 The device supports communication using DNP 3 0 protocol The following DNP 3 0 data types are supported binary input binary input change double bit input binary output analog input counters Additional information can be obtained from the DNP 3 0 Device Profile Document and DNP 3 0 Parameters pdf DNP 3 0 communication is activated via menu selection RS 485 interface is often used but also RS 232 and fibre optic interfaces are possible m VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 247 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set bit s bps Communication speed Set 4800 9600 default 19200 38400 Parity Parity Set None default Even Odd SlvAddr 1 65519 An unique address for Set the device within the system MstrAddr 1 65519 Address of master Set 255 default LLTout 0 65535 ms Link layer con
269. nel when a VX003 cable is inserted COMMUNICATION PORTS LOCAL EXTENSION REMOTE PORT PORT DATA BUS PORT TTL for external adapters only Options RS 485 isolated Fibre optic Profibus Ethernet and TTL TTL is for external adapters only n EEEN Optional Ethernet 1 _ ETHERNET py 45 converter q i 45 I panel in use X5 REMOTE Not isolated LOCAL FRONT PANEL Figure 6 1 1 Communication ports and connectors By default the X5 is a D9S type connector with TTL interface The DSR signal from the front panel port selects the active connector for the RS282 local port VAMP E 236 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports By default the remote port has a TTL interface It can only be used together with external converters or converting cables Inbuilt options for RS 485 fibre optic plastic plastic plastic glass glass plastic or glass glass Profibus and Ethernet are available 6 1 1 Local port X4 The local port has two connectors e On the front panel e X4 the rear panel D9S pins 2 3 and 5 Only one can be used at a time NOTE The extension port is locating in the same X4 connector NOTE When the VX003 cable is inserted to the front panel connector it activates the front panel port and disables the rear panel local port by connecting the DTR pin 6 and DSR pin
270. new dimension and enables easy maintenance monitoring for a bank This protection scheme is specially used in double wye connected capacitor banks The unbalance current is measured with a dedicated current transformer could be like 5A 5A between two starpoints of the bank The unbalance current is not affected by system unbalance However due to manufacturing tolerances some amount of natural unbalance current exists between the starpoints This natural unbalance current affects the settings thus the setting has to be increased LI L2 L3 VAMP devices Bank_VAMP devices Figure 2 16 1 Typical capacitor bank protection application with VAMP devices ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 9 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance 2 Protection functions Technical description protection Compensation method The sophisticated method for unbalance protection is to compensate the natural unbalance current The compensation is triggered manually when commissioning The phasors of the unbalance current and one phase current are recorded This is because one polarizing measurement is needed When the phasor of the unbalance current is always related to Ini the frequency changes or deviations have no effect on the protection After recording the measured unbalance current corresponds the zero level and therefore the setting of the stage can be very sensitive Compe
271. ng any of the non dry digital inputs DI1 DI6 In this scheme an auxiliary relay is needed to connect the wet digital input to the trip circuit Figure 7 5 1 5 The rated coil voltage of the auxiliary relay is selected according the rated auxiliary voltage used in the trip circuit The operating voltage range of the relay should be as wide as possible to cover the tolerance of the auxiliary voltage In this application using the other wet inputs for other purposes is not limited unlike when using the dry inputs en JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 261 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description V 110 Vdc Trip relay We Alarm relay for trip NI Trip circuit circuit failure failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment Relay K1 Phoenix Contact EMG 17 REL KSR 120 21 21 LC Au Coil 96 127 V 20 kQ Width 17 5 mm Assembly EN 50022 mounting rail V aux CLOSE COIL TCS1Dl closed l l l l l l l l l Figure 7 5 1 5 Trip circuit supervision using one of the VAMP 200 series internally wetted digital input DI1 DI6 and auxiliary relay K1 and an external resistor R The circuit breaker is in the closed position The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digital input is In active state when the trip circuit 1s complete DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL INPUTS 1 0 HC 05s Off Off On 0 Figure 7 5 1 6 An
272. ng is executed at the end of the shot the active signal will be reset after reclaim time If reclosing was not successful or new fault appears during reclaim time the active of the current shot is reset and active signal of the next shot is set if there are any shots left before final trip AR running matrix signal This signal indicates dead time The signal is set after controlling CB open When dead time ends the signal is reset and CB is controlled close Final trip matrix signals There are 5 final trip signals in the matrix one for each AR request 1 4 and critical When final trip is generated one of these signals is set according to the AR request which caused the final tripping The final trip signal will stay active for 0 5 seconds and then resets automatically DI to block AR setting This setting is useful with an external synchro check device This setting only affects re closing the CB Re closing can be blocked with a digital input virtual input or virtual output When the blocking input is active CB won t be closed until the blocking input becomes inactive again When blocking becomes inactive the CB will be controlled close immediately AR info for mimic display setting firmware version gt 4 95 When AR info is enabled the local panel mimic display shows small info box during AR sequence en VAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 231 5 7 Auto reclose function 79
273. nges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault type fault current load current before the fault elapsed delay and setting group M VAP ie 62 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 7 Current unbalance stage 12 gt 46 in feeder mode 2 7 Recorded values of the directional overcurrent stages 8 latest faults lair gt lair gt gt lair gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Type Fault type 1 N Ground fault 2 N Ground fault 3 N Ground fault 1 2 Two phase fault 2 3 Two phase fault 3 1 Two phase fault 1 2 3 Three phase fault Fit xIn Maximum fault current Load xIn 1s average phase currents before the fault EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Angle g Fault angle in degrees U1 xUn Positive sequence voltage during fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in feeder mode The purpose of the unbalance stage is to detect unbalanced load conditions for example a broken conductor of a heavy loaded ov
274. ngle phase overvoltage or overcurrent function ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 45 1 2 Principles of numerical 1 Introduction Technical description protection techniques Display and keyboard Antialiasing 16 bit filter A D converter Trip relays current and voltage inputs Aan relays SPAbus Modbus Profibus DP fibre connectors Protection Calculation of functions Block matrix Output matrix symmetric components Output relay FFT calculation control Amplitude and phase shift of base freqency component 32 samples cycle Digital 6 18 inputs Settings Figure 1 2 2 Block diagram of signal processing and protection software IVISblock2 Setting Delay Definite inverse Inverse time Multiplier Enable DPs time characteristic events Figure 1 2 3 Block diagram of a basic protection function VAMP E 46 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 1 Maximum number of protection stages in one application 2 2 1 2 2 Protection functions Each protection stage can independently be enabled or disabled according to the requirements of the intended application Maximum number of protection stages in one application The device limits the maximum number of enabled stages to about 30 depending of the type of the stages For more information please see the configuration instructions in
275. nit Description Note IoCap pu Capacitive part of Io only when InUse Cap Iog gt A Pick up value scaled to primary value Iog gt pu Pick up setting relative to the Set parameter Input and the corresponding CT value Uo gt Pick up setting for Uo Set Uo Measured Uo Curve Delay curve family DT Definite time IEC Inverse time See chapter 2 30 IEEE Set TEEE2 RI PrgN Type Delay type DT Definite time NI Inverse time See chapter 2 30 VI Set EI LTI Paramet ers t gt s Definite operation time for Set definite time only k gt Inverse delay multiplier for Set inverse time only Mode ResCap High impedance earthed nets Sector Low impedance earthed nets Set Undir Undirectional mode Offset 7 Angle offset MTA for RecCap Set and Sector modes Sector Default Half sector size of the trip area Set 88 on both sides of the offset angle ChCtrl Res Cap control in mode ResCap Res Fixed to Resistive Set Cap characteristic DI1 DIn Fixed to Capacitive vu characteristic oe Controlled by digital input Controlled by virtual input InUse Selected submode in mode ResCap Mode is not ResCap Res Submode resistive Cap Submode capacitive ee JAR ie 78 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 13 Directional earth fault protection lO gt 67N Parameter Value Unit Description Note Input Tol X1 7 8 See chapter 8
276. nnected to supervise any of the following inputs and signals e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Input Io for all networks other than rigidly earthed e Calculated signal Iocaic for rigidly and low impedance earthed networks locar Ini In2 Ins Additionally the stage Io gt have two more input signal alternatives to measure current peaks to detect a restriking intermittent earth fault e Ioipeak to measure the peak value of input Io1 e Io2Peak to measure the peak value of input Ioe Intermittent earth fault detection Short earth faults make the protection to start to pick up but will not cause a trip Here a short fault means one cycle or more For shorter than 1 ms transient type of intermittent earth faults in compensated networks there is a dedicated stage Iot gt 67NT When starting happens often enough such intermittent faults can be cleared using the intermittent time setting When a new start happens within the set intermittent time the operation delay counter is not cleared between adjacent faults and finally the stage will trip Four or six independent undirectional earth fault overcurrent stages There are four separately adjustable earth fault stages Io gt Io gt gt Io gt gt gt and Io gt gt gt gt The first stage Io gt can be configured for definite time DT or inverse time operation characteristic IDMT The other stages have definite time operation characteristic By
277. nsation and location The most sophisticated method is to use the same compen sation method as mentioned above but the add on feature is to locate the branch of each faulty element or to be more precise the broken fuse This feature is implemented to the stage Io gt gt gt gt while the other stage Ip gt gt gt can still function as normal unbalance protection stage with compensation method Normally the Ip gt gt gt gt could be set as an alarming stage while stage Io gt gt gt will trip the circuit breaker The stage Io gt gt gt gt should be set based on the calculated unbalance current change of one faulty element This can be easily calculated However the setting must be say 10 smaller than the calculated value since there are some tolerances in the primary equipment as well as in the relay measurement circuit Then the time setting of Io gt gt gt gt is not used for tripping purposes The time setting specifies how long the device must wait until it is certain that there is a faulty element in the bank After this time has elapsed the stage Ip gt gt gt gt makes a new compensation automatically and the measured unbalance current for this stage is now zero Note the automatic compensation does not effect on the measured unbalance current of stage Ip gt gt gt If there is an element failure in the bank the algorithm checks the phase angle of the unbalance current related to the phase angle of the phase cu
278. nt Io2 S2 12 12 14 B 14 ie T 16 fig Uo da Zero sequence voltage Uo da RA 18 20 20 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 277 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical description Terminal X2 No Symbol Description 1 1 a 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 A5 Alarm relay 5 6 6 A5 Alarm relay 5 7 7 A4 Alarm relay 4 8 8 A4 Alarm relay 4 9 9 10 10 A3 COM Alarm relay 3 common connector 11 11 A3 NC Alarm relay 3 normal closed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2 NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector Terminal X2 with analog output No Symbol Description 4 1 AO1 Analog output 1 positive connector 2 2 AO1 Analog output 1 negative connector 3 3 AO2 Analog output 2 positive connector 4 4 AO2 Analog output 2 negative connector 5 5 AO83 Analog output 3 positive connector
279. nt Number of events ClrEn Clear event buffer Set Clear Order Order of the event buffer for local Set Old display New New Old FVSca Scaling of event fault value Set PU Per unit scaling Pri Primary scaling Display On Alarm pop up display is enabled Set Alarms Off No alarm display FORMAT OF EVENTS ON THE LOCAL DISPLAY Code CHENN CH event channel NN event code Event description Event channel and code in plain text yyyy mm dd Date for available date formats see chapter 3 10 hh mm ss nnn Time ee JAR ie 158 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 2 Disturbance recorder 3 2 Disturbance recorder The disturbance recorder can be used to record all the measured signals that is currents voltages and the status information of digital inputs DI and digital outputs DO The digital inputs include also the arc protection signals S1 S2 BI and BO if the optional arc protection is available Triggering the recorder The recorder can be triggered by any start or trip signal from any protection stage or by a digital input The triggering signal is selected in the output matrix vertical signal DR The recording can also be triggered manually All recordings are time stamped Reading recordings The recordings can be uploaded viewed and analysed with the VAMPSET program The recording is in COMTRADE format This means that also other programs can be us
280. ntinuous mode the size depends of the biggest configured data offset of a data to be read from the master In request mode the size is 8 bytes 3 When configuring the Profibus master system the length of these buffers are needed The device calculates the lengths according the Profibus data and profile configuration and the values define the in out module to be configured for the Profibus master 4 If the value is Profibus protocol has not been selected or the device has not restarted after protocol change or there is a communication problem between the main CPU and the Profibus ASIC m VAP ie 244 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 6 Communication 6 2 Communication protocols 6 2 4 6 2 5 SPA bus The device has full support for the SPA bus protocol including reading and writing the setting values Also reading of multiple consecutive status data bits measurement values or setting values with one message is supported Several simultaneous instances of this protocol using different physical ports are possible but the events can be read by one single instance only There is a separate document Spabus Parameters pdf of SPA bus data items available Parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Note Addr 1 899 SPA bus address Must be Set unique in the system bit s bps Communication speed Set 1200 2400 4800 9600 default 19200 Emode Event
281. numbering style Set Channel Use this for new installations Limit60 The other modes are for NoLimit compatibility with old systems Set An editable parameter password needed IEC 60870 5 103 The IEC standard 60870 5 103 Companion standard for the informative interface of protection equipment provides standardized communication interface to a primary system master system The unbalanced transmission mode of the protocol is used and the device functions as a secondary station slave in the communication Data is transferred to the primary system using data acquisition by polling principle The IEC functionality includes the following application functions e station initialization e general interrogation clock synchronization and command transmission It is not possible to transfer parameter data or disturbance recordings via the IEC 103 protocol interface M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 245 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical description The following ASDU Application Service Data Unit types will be used in communication from the device ASDU 1 time tagged message ASDU 3 Measurands I ASDU 5 Identification message ASDU 6 Time synchronization and ASDU 8 Termination of general interrogation The device will accept e ASDU 6 Time synchronization e ASDU 7 Initiation of general interrogation and ASDU 20 General com
282. o Triggering input Io earth fault current will trig the function I2 negative phase sequence current will trig the function DI1 the function is triggered by activating the digital input 1 UoTrig 1 80 Uon 20 Trig level for Uo Itrig 10 800 In 80 Trig level for current Event On Off On Event mask Measured and recorded values of earth fault location EFDi Parameter Value Unit Description Measured Fault ph Fault phase information values X ohm Fault reactance recorded Date Fault date values 7 Time Fault time Time ms Fault time Count Number of faults m VAP ie 198 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 1 Measurement accuracy 4 Measurement functions All the direct measurements are based on fundamental frequency values The exceptions are frequency and instantaneous current for arc protection The figure shows a current waveform and the corresponding fundamental frequency component second harmonic and rms value ina special case when the current deviates significantly from a pure sine wave l i l S O aera Ca GR GR een L oad 0 100 5 S am a gt mms i P F w 2S S 5 EO a a 50 EE Sawa ae MS N o BP A A arara 0 3 p 5 8 1 nn m 0 00 0 05 010 015 0 20
283. o changes 10 74 e gt and o gt Io gt gt gt gt stages with faster operation time en VAR ie 344 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 14 Reference information 14 Reference information Documentation Mounting and Commissioning Instructions VMMC ENOxx VAMPSET User s Manual VMV ENOxx Manufacturer Service data VAMP Ltd P O Box 810 FIN 65101 Vaasa Finland Visiting address Yritt j nkatu 15 Phone 358 0 20 753 3200 Fax 358 0 20 753 3205 URL http www vamp fi 24h support Tel 358 0 20 753 3264 Email vampsupport vamp fi en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 345 We reserve the right to changes without prior notice Phone 358 20 753 3200 Street address Yritt j nkatu 15 Fax 358 20 753 3205 VAMP Ltd Post address P O Box 810 FIN 65101 Vaasa Internet www vamp fi Finland Email vamp vamp fi ee JAR ie
284. o convert time domain signals to frequency domain or to phasors I e dead band Used to avoid oscillation when comparing two near by values Nominal current of the selected mode In feeder mode ImopE CTprimary In motor mode Imopre Imor Another name for pick up setting value I gt Another name for pick up setting value Io gt Nominal current of the Io1 input of the device Nominal current of the Ioz input of the device Nominal current of Io input in general Nominal current of the protected motor Nominal current Rating of CT primary or secondary International Electrotechnical Commission An international standardization organisation Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 101 Abbreviation for communication protocol defined in standard IEC 60870 5 1038 Local area network Ethernet based network for computers and devices Output relays and indication LEDs can be latched which means that they are not released when the control signal is releasing Releasing of lathed devices is done with a separate action Network time protocol for LAN and WWW Active power Unit W en JAR ia VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 333 VM255 EN024 10 Abbreviations and symbols Technical description PF Pu PT pu RMS SNTP TCS THD UoseEc Ua UTC VT VTpri VTsEc Power factor The absolute value is equal to cos but the
285. odule VSE003 RS485 Interface Module Ext VO interface VSE009 External DeviceNet interface module VIO 12 AB RTD Module 12pcs RTD inputs RS 485 Communication 24 230 Vac dc VIO 12 AC RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 24 Vdc VIO 12 AD RTD mA Module 12pcs RTD inputs PTC mA inputs outputs RS232 RS485 and Optical Tx Rx Communication 48 230 Vac dc VX003 3 RS232 programming cable Vampset VEA 3CGi Cable length 3m VX004 M3 TTL RS232 converter cable PLC VEA 3CGi Cable length 3m VX007 F3 TTL RS232 converter cable VPA 3CG Cable length 3m VA 1 DA 6 Arc Sensor Cable length 6m VAM 16D External LED module VYX076 Raising Frame for 200 serie Height 40mm VYX077 Raising Frame for 200 serie Height 60mm VYX233 Raising Frame for 200 serie Height 100mm V200WAF V200 wall aseembly frame ee JAR ie 338 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 ENO24 Technical description VAMP 255 ORDERING CODE vamp 255 3 I _ DI7 20 nominal activation voltage 3 Standard 24 Vdc Nominal earth fault current lo1 amp lo2 A C 1A amp 5A D 02A amp 1A Frequency Hz 7 Standard relay Supply voltage V A 40 265Vac dc B 18 36Vdc C 40 265Vac dc ARC Protection D 18 36Vdc ARC Protection E 40 265Vac de DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional F 18 36Vdc DI19 DI20 arc channel Optional Opt
286. ol FUNCHONS srirsaienninti ania 22 2 39 2 INCOSE datane iirrainn n teiaa 23 2 3 3 Reading event register cccccccccecsessssccresscesceseees 26 2 3 4 Forced control FOCE sssesessseessessssseesseesseressseess 27 2 4 Configuration and parameter setting seeessesesees 28 2 4 1 Parameter setting cccsiessiscesestuvecsiauisstvevaisaesacstieateacies 29 2 4 2 Setting range limits seesesessessesessrerresssssreerreeesessee 30 2 4 3 Disturbance recorder menu DR ssccccccccceseees 30 2 4 4 Configuring digital inputs Dl eeeeeeceeseseeeeees 31 2 4 5 Configuring digital outputs DO nseesesscesseerreesree 31 2 4 6 Protection Menu PION eeesesssssssssesssreersssssseserreersesses 32 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF s eesesssssesrsersserrreessreea 32 2 4 8 Protocol Menu BUS ssesenssessssesseseessssressssereesseseeee 34 2 4 9 Single line diagram editing ccsssscenersececeseees 37 2 4 10 Blocking and interlocking configuration 37 3 VAMPSET PC software eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 38 m JAR ie 2 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN023 Operation and configuration 1 General 1 1 Relay features 1 General This first part Operation and configuration of the publication contains general descriptions of the functions of the generator protection relay as well as operation instructions It also includes instructions for parameterization and conf
287. oltage of a single capacitor Cser Capacitance setting which is equal to the single phase capacitance between phase and the star point Three separate capacitors connected in wye III Y In this configuration the capacitor bank is built of three single phase sections without internal interconnections between the sections The three sections are externally connected to a wye Y The single phase to star point capacitance is used as setting value Equation 2 17 4 CET Lame where CNamePlate is the capacitance of each capacitor UcFigl Uy 10 kV U 10kVA3 SE Uy 10kV33 U 10kVA3 Qom 1 05 Mvar Qio 1 05 Mvar Qson 1 05 Mvar Qon 1 26 Mvar Qon 1 26 Mvar Qon 1 26 Mvar C 100 pF C 100 pF C 100 uF Cser 100 uF Q 3 14 Mvar Figure 2 17 1 Capacitor bank built of three single phase units connected in wye III Y Each capacitor is 100 uF and this value is also used as the setting value Three phase capacitor connected internally in wye Y In this configuration the capacitor bank consists of a three phase capacitor connected internally to a wye Y The single phase to star point capacitance is used as setting value en JAR i 96 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 17 Capacitor overvoliage protection Uc gt 59C Equation 2 17 5 Gera where Cap is the name plate capacitance which is equal to capacitance between ph
288. on time delay setting a trip signal is issued Polarization The negative zero sequence voltage Uois used for polarization i e the angle reference for Io This Uo voltage is measured via energizing input Up or it is calculated from the phase voltages internally depending on the selected voltage measurement mode see chapter 4 7 e LN the zero sequence voltage is calculated from the phase voltages and therefore any separate zero sequence voltage transformers are not needed The setting values are relative to the configured voltage transformer VT voltage V3 e LL Uo The zero sequence voltage is measured with voltage transformer s for example using a broken delta connection The setting values are relative to the VTo secondary voltage defined in configuration NOTE The Uo signal must be connected according the connection diagram Figure 8 9 1 1 in order to get a correct polarization Please note that actually the negative Uo Uo is connected to the device Modes for different network types The available modes are e ResCap This mode consists of two sub modes Res and Cap A digital signal can be used to dynamically switch between these two sub modes This feature can be used with compensated networks when the Petersen coil is temporarily switched off o Res The stage is sensitive to the resistive component of the selected Io signal This mode is used with compensated networks resonant grounding and networks earthe
289. on directional Minimum voltage for the direction solving 0 1 VSECONDARY Base angle setting range 180 to 179 Operation angle 88 Definite time function Operating time DT 0 06 300 00 s step 0 02 s IDMT function Delay curve family Curve type Time multiplier k DT IEC IEEE RI Prg EI VI NI LTI MI depends on the family 0 05 20 0 except 0 50 20 0 for RXIDG IEEE and IEEE2 Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Reset ratio angle 2 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting rated value IN 1 5A Angle Operate time at definite time function Operate time at IDMT function 3 of the set value or 0 5 of the rated value 2 U gt 5 V 30 U 0 1 5 0 V 1 or 30 ms 5 or at least 30 ms EI Extremely Inverse NI Normal Inverse VI Very Inverse LTI Long Time Inverse MI Moderately Inverse This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 ee JAR ie 324 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 3 Protection functions VM255 EN024 Directional overcurrent stages lair gt gt gt and lair gt gt
290. ondary currents are above 250 mA Incorrect phase sequence l2 gt gt 47 Setting 80 fixed Operating time lt 120 ms Reset time lt 105 ms NOTE Stage is blocked when motor has been running for 2 seconds Stage is operational only when one of the currents is above 0 2 x Imot Undercurrent protection stage I lt 37 Current setting range 20 70 Imone step 1 Definite time characteristic operating time 0 3 300 0s s step 0 1 Block limit 15 fixed Starting time Typically 200 ms Resetting time lt 450 ms Resetting ratio 1 05 Accuracy starting 2 of set value or 0 5 of the rated value operating time 1 or 150 ms NOTE Stage Blocking is functional when all phase currents are below the block limit M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 321 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description Current unbalance stage l2 gt 46 in feeder mode Settings Setting range Iz h gt 2 70 Definite time function Operating time 1 0 600 0 s step 0 1 s Start time Typically 200 ms Reset time lt 450 ms Reset ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting 1 unit Operate time 5 or 200 ms Earth fault stage lo gt 50N 51N Input signal Io input X1 7 amp 8 Io input X1 9 amp 10 Tocane Ini Setting range Io gt 0 005 8 00
291. one 358 0 20 753 3264 155 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 30 3 Programmable inverse time curves Only with VAMPSET requires rebooting The current time curve points are programmed using VAMPSET PC program There are some rules for defining the curve points e configuration must begin from the topmost row e row order must be as follows the smallest current longest operation time on the top and the largest current shortest operation time on the bottom e all unused rows on the bottom should be filled with 1 00 0 00s Here is an example configuration of curve points Point Current I Ipick up Operation delay 1 1 00 10 00 s 2 00 6 50 s 3 5 00 4 00 s 4 10 00 3 00 s 5 20 00 2 00 s 6 40 00 1 00 s 7 1 00 0 00 s 8 1 00 0 00 s 9 1 00 0 00 s 10 1 00 0 00 s 11 1 00 0 00 s 12 1 00 0 00 s 13 1 00 0 00 s 14 1 00 0 00 s 15 1 00 0 00 s 16 1 00 0 00 s Inverse time setting error signal The inverse time setting error signal will be activated if interpolation with the given points fails See chapter 2 30 for more details Limitations The minimum definite time delay start latest when the measured value is twenty times the setting However there are limitations at high setting values due to the measurement range See chapter 2 30 for more details m VAP ie 156 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3
292. ons Synchrocheck function and DNP 38 0 protocol added Programmable inverse delay curves added Needed changes according to firmware version 6 23 added e Renamed Broken conductor protection to Broken line protection e Renamed Residual voltage protection to Zero sequence voltage protection e Intermittent transient earth fault protection function added for VAMP 255 280 e Capacitor overvoltage protection function added for VAMP 245 Renamed Phase reversal incorrect phase sequence protection to Incorrect phase sequence protection ee JAR ie 340 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 13 Revision history VM255 EN022 The operation time for voltage interruptions changed to lt 60 ms fixed Renamed Broken line protection Is Ii gt 46R to Current unbalance stage I2 gt 46 in feeder mode Renamed Current unbalance protection I2 gt 46 to Current unbalance stage I2 gt 46 in motor mode New text and pictures of Trip circuit supervision added Chapter Voltage scaling mended Chapter Second harmonic O C stage added Chapter Motor status adeed Renamed TCP IP to Ethernet port Chapters Ethernet IP added More information about IEC 61850 added Native IEC61850 added which replaces the previous implementation VM255 EN023 Ordering codes changed according to the new CPU firmware versions standard firmware and native IEC 61850 Arc flash protection delayed light i
293. oo nn Se e zi Q Q n e M Not in use 0 300 s 0 300 s 2 i i gt In use j t j i gt Shot 2 zaga 8238F ZFA g 8gas RE Boas 2 789 25 B20 5 o gt Bpan nay 2Y ae 9307 2555 5758 xT vasa 3 32 ga z a Q 2 g e e e e e e Shot 3 5 e e e e e e Q e e e e Figure 5 7 1 Auto reclose matrix The AR matrix above defines which signals the start and trip signals from protection stages or digital input are forwarded to the auto reclose function In the AR function the AR signals can be configured to initiate the reclose sequence Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own enabled disabled flag If more than one AR signal activates at the same time AR1 has highest priority and AR2 the lowest Each AR signal has an independent start delay for the shot 1 If a higher priority AR signal activates during the start delay the start delay setting will be changed to that of the highest priority AR signal After the start delay the circuit breaker CB will be opened if it is closed When the CB opens a dead time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own dead time setting After the dead time the CB will be closed and a discrimination time timer is started Each shot from 1 to 5 has its own discrimination time setting If a critical signal is activated during the discrimination time the AR function makes a final trip The CB will then open and the AR sequence is locked Closing the CB manually clears the locked state
294. or trip for a half second By using this forcing feature any current or voltage injection to the device is not necessary to check the output matrix configuration to check the wiring from the output relays to the circuit breaker and also to check that communication protocols are correctly transferring event information to a SCADA system After testing the force flag will automatically reset 5 minute after the last local panel push button activity The force flag also enables forcing of the output relays and forcing the optional mA outputs Start and trip signals Every protection stage has two internal binary output signals start and trip The start signal is issued when a fault has been detected The trip signal is issued after the configured operation delay unless the fault disappears before the end of the delay time Output matrix Using the output matrix the user connects the internal start and trip signals to the output relays and indicators For more details see chapter 5 4 Blocking Any protection function except arc protection can be blocked with internal and external signals using the block matrix chapter 5 5 Internal signals are for example logic outputs and start and trip signals from other stages and external signals are for example digital and virtual inputs Some protection stages have also inbuilt blocking functions For example under frequency protection has inbuilt under voltage blocking to avoid tripping w
295. or starts in last hour value T Min Elapsed time from motor start Setting Sts h Max starts in one hour values Interval Min Min interval between two consecutive starts Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Descr 1StartLeft 1 start left activates the N gt start signal MaxStarts Max start trip activates the N gt trip signal Interval Min interval between two consecutive starts has not yet been elapsed activates the N gt trip signal Tot Mot Number of total motor starts Strs Mot Strs h Number of motor starts in last hour El Time Min Elapsed time from the last from mot motor start Strt ee JAR ie 72 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 12 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 2 12 Undercurrent protection I lt 37 The undercurrent unit measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents The stage I lt can be configured for definite time characteristic The undercurrent stage is protecting rather the device driven by the motor e g a submersible pump than the motor itself Parameters of the undercurrent stage I lt 37 Parameter Value unit Description Measured ILmin A Min value of phase currents value IL1 IL3 in primary value Setting I lt xImode Setting value as per times Imot values t lt S Operation time s
296. orded values of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Description Measured value P kW Active power Recorded SCntr 5 Start counter Start values reading TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Flt Sn Max value of fault EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operating time 100 tripping M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 113 2 23 Overfrequency and 2 Protection functions Technical description underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L 2 23 Overfrequency and underfrequency Protection f gt f lt 81H 81L Frequency protection is used for load sharing loss of mains detection and as a backup protection for over speeding The frequency function measures the frequency from the two first voltage inputs At least one of these two inputs must have a voltage connected to be able to measure the frequency Whenever the frequency crosses the user s pick up setting of a particular stage this stage picks up and a start signal is issued If the fault situation remains on longer than the user s operation delay setting a trip signal is issued For situations where no voltage is present an adapted frequency is used See chapter 1 2 Protection mode for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt stages These two stages can be configured either for overfrequency or for underfrequency Under voltage self blocking of underfrequency stages
297. orted for example with event to a DMS Distribution Management System The system can then localize the fault If a DMS is not available the distance to the fault is displayed as kilometres as well asa reactance value However the distance value is valid only if the line reactance is set correctly Furthermore the line should be homogenous that is the wire type of the line should be the same for the whole length If there are several wire types on the same line an average line reactance value can be used to get an approximate distance value to the fault examples of line reactance values Overhead wire Sparrow 0 408 ohms km and Raven 0 378 ohms km The fault location is normally used in the incoming bay of the substation Therefore the fault location is obtained for the whole network with just one device This is very cost effective upgrade of an existing system The algorithm functions in the following order 1 The needed measurements phase currents and voltages are continuously available 2 When Xfault calc is enabled sudden increase in phase currents will trigger calculation As additional function DI signal for example from opening circuit breaker due a fault can be added as an extra condition needed for triggering the calculation 3 Phase currents and voltages are registered in three stages before the fault during the fault and after the faulty feeder circuit breaker was opened The fault distance quantities are cal
298. oseCB output relay closes 9 The CB closes The CloseCB output relay opens and the discrimination time from shot 2 starts The current is now under I gt setting 10 Reclaim time starts After the reclaim time the AR sequence is successfully executed The AR function moves to wait for a new AR request in shot 1 ee JAR ie 234 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 5 Control functions 5 8 Logic functions 5 8 Logic functions The device supports customer defined programmable logic for boolean signals The logic is designed by using the VAMPSET setting tool and downloaded to the device Functions available are AND OR XOR NOT COUNTERs RS amp D flip flops Maximum number of outputs is 20 Maximum number of input gates is 31 An input gate can include any number of inputs For detailed information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx ee VAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 235 6 1 Communication ports 6 Communication Technical description 6 Communication 6 1 Communication ports The device has three communication ports as standard A fourth port Ethernet is available as option See Figure 6 1 1 There are three communication ports in the rear panel The Ethernet port is optional The X4 connector includes two ports local port and extension port The front panel RS 232 port will shut off the local port on the rear pa
299. otection Capacitor bank unbalance x x x protection 59C U gt Capacitor overvoltage protection X 59N Uo gt Uo gt gt Residual voltage protection X X X 49 T gt Thermal overload protection X X X 59 U gt U gt gt U gt gt gt Overvoltage protection X X 27 U lt U lt lt U lt lt lt Undervoltage protection X X m JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 3 1 2 User interface 1 General Operation and configuration 2 2 32 IEEE 2 3 IEC symbol Function name ANSI code y gt e 32 P lt P lt lt Reverse and underpower x x protection 81H 81L f gt lt fo gt lt lt Overfrequency and x xX underfrequency protection 81L f lt f lt lt Underfrequency protection X X df dt Rate of change of frequency SIR ROCOF protection x x 25 Af AU AQ Synchrocheck X X 51F2 I gt Second harmonic O C stage X X X 50BF CBFP Circuit breaker failure protection X X X 99 Prg1 8 Programmable stages X X X 50ARC ArcI gt ArcIo gt Optional arc fault protection 50NARC ArcIo2 gt S ee 1 2 1 3 Only available when application mode is motor protection Further the relay includes a disturbance recorder Arc protection is optionally available The relay communicates with other systems using common protocols such as the Modbus RTU ModbusTCP Profibus DP IEC 60870 5 103 IEC 60870 5 101 IEC 61850 SPA bus Ethernet IP DNP TCP
300. otection and three phase overcurrent protection is required in a cable feeder Furthermore the thermal stage can be used to protect the cable against overloading This example also includes fast arc protection 7 3 Parallel line protection NOTE This kind of protection requires directional overcurrent protection which are only available in VAMP 255 230 x LOAD R1 VAMP 245 VAMP 255 230_R3 x ___ LOAD A lt gt TA SUPPLY o gt X B x lt Lj LOAD R2 VAMP 245 VAMP 255 230 R4 1 LOAD SPARE SUPPLY Lyx LOAD R5 VAMP 255 230 Ss appl_parall Jines Figure 7 3 1 Feeder and motor device VAMP 255 or 230 used for protection of parallel lines m VAP ie 254 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 3 Parallel line protection Figure 7 3 1 shows two parallel lines A and B protected with overcurrent relays R1 R2 R3 and R4 The relays R3 and R4 are directional If there is a fault in one of the lines only the faulty line will be switched off because of the direction functions of the relays R3 and R4 A detailed schematic of e g the relay R3 is shown in Figure 7 3 2 TNANMTMONRD i application1_vamp230 gt Donno Etida fe a8ivnen Yooooda EEEE EE ISS Figure 7 3 2 Example connection using VAMP 230
301. ours of synchronizing the device will learn its average error and starts to make small corrections by itself The target is that when the next synchronizing message is received the deviation is already near zero Parameters AAIntv and AvDrft will show the adapted correction time interval of this 1 ms auto adjust function Time drift correction without external sync If any external synchronizing source is not available and the system clock has a known steady drift it is possible to roughly correct the clock error by editing the parameters AAIntv and AvDrft The following equation can be used if the previous AAIntv value has been zero 604 8 AAIntv DriftInOneWeek If the auto adjust interval AAIntv has not been zero but further trimming is still needed the following equation can be used to calculate a new auto adjust interval 1 1 P DriftInOneWeek AAIntv previous 604 8 AAINVW yew The term DriftInOne Week 604 8 may be replaced with the relative drift multiplied by 1000 if some other period than one week has been used For example if the drift has been 37 seconds in 14 days the relative drift is 37 1000 14 24 3600 0 0306 ms s ee JAR ie 182 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 10 System clock and synchronization Example 1 If there has been no external sync and the device s clock is leading sixty one seconds a week
302. ous trip circuit fault alarm when the trip contact is closed The digital input is connected to a relay in the output matrix giving out any trip circuit alarm The trip relay should be configured as non latched Otherwise a superfluous trip circuit fault alarm will follow after the trip contact operates and the relay remains closed because of latching By utilizing an auxiliary contact of the CB for the external resistor also the auxiliary contact in the trip circuit can be supervised When using the dry digital inputs DI7 using the other inputs of the same group sharing a common terminal is limited When using the wet digital inputs DI1 DI6 an auxiliary relay is needed ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 257 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description Using any of the dry digital inputs DI7 Note In VAMP 230 and 245 only the optional digital inputs DI19 and DI20 are dry see the ordering code for this option V x 24 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay Alarm relay for trip circuit failure Trip circuit failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment Se Se SS aD E e a i ii a TCS1Diclosed Figure 7 5 1 1 Trip circuit supervision using a single dry digital input and an external resistor R The circuit breaker is in the closed position The supervised circuitry in this CB position 1s double lined The digital input is in active
303. ower function can also be used to detect loss of load of a motor Reverse power and underpower function is sensitive to active power For reverse power function the pick up value is negative For underpower function a positive pick up value is used Whenever the active power goes under the pick up value the stage picks up and issues a start signal If the fault situation stays on longer than the delay setting a trip signal is issued The pick up setting range is from 200 to 200 of the nominal apparent power Sn The nominal apparent power is determined by the configured voltage and current transformer values Equation 2 22 1 Spa VT rated Primary CT pardPrimary V3 There are two identical stages available with independent setting parameters ee JAR ie 112 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 22 Reverse power and underpower protection P lt 32 Setting parameters of P lt and P lt lt stages Parameter Value Unit Default Description P lt P lt lt 200 0 200 0 Sn 4 0 PS P lt P lt lt pick up 20 0 P lt lt setting t lt 0 3 300 0 s 1 0 P lt P lt lt operational delay S_On Enabled z Enabled Start on event Disabled S_Off Enabled 2 Enabled Start off event Disabled T_On Enabled Enabled Trip on event Disabled T_Off Enabled Enabled Trip off event Disabled Measured and rec
304. psed a trip signal is issued In this definite time mode the second delay parameter minimum delay tmin must be equal to the operation delay parameter t If the frequency is stable for about 80 ms and the time t has already elapsed without a trip the stage will release ROCOF and frequency over and under stages One difference between over under frequency and df dt function is the speed In many cases a df dt function can predict an overfrequency or underfrequency situation and is thus faster than a simple overfrequency or underfrequency function However in most cases a standard overfrequency and underfrequency stages must be used together with ROCOF to ensure tripping also in case the frequency drift is slower than the slope setting of ROCOF ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 117 2 24 Rate of change of frequency 2 Protection functions Technical description ROCOF protection df dt 81R Definite operation time characteristics Figure 2 24 1 shows an example where the df dt pick up value is 0 5 Hz s and the delay settings are t 0 60 s and tmin 0 60 s Equal times t tmin will give a definite time delay characteristics Although the frequency slope fluctuates the stage will not release but continues to calculate the average slope since the initial pick up At the defined operation time t 0 6 s the average slope is 0 75 Hz s This exceeds the setting and the stage will trip At slope
305. put system clock is adjusted to the nearest minute Length of digital input pulse should be at least 50 ms Delay of the selected digital input should be set to zero Synchronisation correction If the sync source has a known offset delay it can be compensated with SyOS setting This is useful for compensating hardware delays or transfer delays of communication protocols A positive value will compensate a lagging external sync and communication delays A negative value will compensate any leading offset of the external synch source ee JAR ie 184 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 10 System clock and synchronization Sync source When the device receives new sync message the sync source display is updated If no new sync messages are received within next 1 5 minutes the device will change to internal sync mode Deviation The time deviation means how much system clock time differs from sync source time Time deviation is calculated after receiving new sync message The filtered deviation means how much the system clock was really adjusted Filtering takes care of small errors in sync messages Auto lag lead The device synchronizes to the sync source meaning it starts automatically leading or lagging to stay in perfect sync with the master The learning process takes few days eee SAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 185 3 11
306. quency at least for a while The frequency may also oscillate after the initial change After a while the control system of any local generator may drive the frequency back to the original value However in case of a heavy short circuit fault or in case the new load exceeds the generating capacity the average frequency keeps on decreasing ee JAR ie 116 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R FREQUENCY ROCOFI_y3 Hz 50 0 Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s t 0 60s tMin 0 60 s 49 7 TRIP Figure 2 24 1 An example of definite time df dt operation time At 0 6 s which is the delay setting the average slope exceeds the setting 0 5 Hz s and a trip signal is generated Setting groups There are two settings groups available Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Description of ROCOF implementation The ROCOF function is sensitive to the absolute average value of the time derivate of the measured frequency df dt Whenever the measured frequency slope df dt exceeds the setting value for 80 ms time the ROCOF stage picks up and issues a start signal after an additional 60 ms delay Ifthe average df dt since the pick up moment still exceeds the setting when the operation delay time has ela
307. r mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 Current injected to the device s inputs is 7 A Per unit current is Ipu 7 5 1 4 pu 140 Example 2 Secondary to per unit and percent for phase currents in motor mode excluding ArcI gt CT 750 5 Ivor 525 A Current injected to the device s inputs is 7 A gt Per unit current is Iru 7x750 5x525 2 00 pu 2 00 xImor 200 Example 3 Per unit to secondary for feeder mode and ArcI gt CT 750 5 The device setting is 2 pu 200 Secondary current is Isec 2x5 10 A Example 4 Per unit and percent to secondary for phase currents in motor mode excluding ArcI gt CT 750 5 Imor 525 A The device setting is 2xImor 2 pu 200 Secondary current is Isec 2x5x525 750 7A Example 5 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is Io or Ioe CTo 50 1 Current injected to the device s input is 30 mA Per unit current is Ipu 0 03 1 0 03 pu 3 Example 6 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is Io or Ioe CTo 50 1 The device setting is 0 03 pu 3 Secondary current is Isec 0 08x1 30 mA Example 7 Secondary to per unit for residual current Input is locare CT 750 5 Currents injected to the device s IL input is 0 5 A I2 Irs 0 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 215 4 11 Primary secondary and per 4 Measurement functions Technical description unit scaling Pe
308. r unit current is Ipu 0 5 5 0 1 pu 10 Example 8 Per unit to secondary for residual current Input is locare CT 750 5 The device setting is 0 1 pu 10 gt If Ite Irs 0 then secondary current to Ir is Isec 0 1x5 0 5 A 4 11 2 Voltage scaling Primary secondary scaling of line to line voltages Line to line voltage scaling Voltage measurement mode Voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo 3LN i UnU E On secondary gt primary PRI Y SEC PRI T U SEC Weec Weeec VT src U pry VWI sec primary gt secondary Usro U pri U ee VT pri V3 VT pri Example 1 Secondary to primary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 Voltage connected to the device s input Ua or Up is 100 V Primary voltage is Upri 100x12000 110 10909 V Example 2 Secondary to primary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 Three phase symmetric voltages connected to the device s inputs Ua Ub and Uc are 57 7 V Primary voltage is Upri V3x58x12000 110 10902 V Example 3 Primary to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo VT 12000 110 The device displays Uprr 10910 V Secondary voltage is Usec 10910x110 12000 100 V Example 4 Primary to secondary Voltage measurement mode is 3LN VT 12000 110 The device displays U12 U23 Usi 10910 V Symmetric secondary voltages at Ua Up and Ue are Usrc 10910 V3x110 12000
309. rameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 61 2 6 Directional overcurrent protection Idir gt 67 2 Protection functions Technical description Parameters of the directional overcurrent stages lair gt gt gt lair gt gt gt gt 67 Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status z Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SerpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None Dix Digital input Vix Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal Vox Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Ip gt gt gt gt A Pick up value scaled to Ig gt gt gt gt gt primary value Ig gt gt gt gt xImode Pick up setting Set Ig gt gt gt gt gt t gt gt gt s Definite operation time for Set t gt gt gt gt definite time only Mode Dir Directional 67 Set Undir Undirectional 50 51 Offset 2 Angle offset in degrees Set o i Measured power angle U1 Un Measured positive sequence voltage For details of setting ra
310. re defined the wearing function can be initialised by clearing the decreasing operation counters with parameter Clear Clear oper left cntrs After clearing the device will show the maximum allowed operations for the defined alarm current levels Operation counters to monitor the wearing The operations left can be read from the counters All Ln Alarm 1 and Al2Ln Alarm2 There are three values for both alarms one for each phase The smallest of three is supervised by the two alarm functions Logarithmic interpolation The permitted number of operations for currents in between the defined points are logarithmically interpolated using equation Equation 3 8 1 C where C permitted operations I interrupted current a constant according Equation 3 8 2 n constant according Equation 3 8 3 Equation 3 8 2 In k l In Let I n Equation 3 8 3 a C i In natural logarithm function Cx permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ik corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Cx 1 permitted operations k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 Ik 1 corresponding current k row 2 7 in Table 3 8 1 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 175 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring 3 Supporting functions Technical description Example of the logarithmic interpolation Alarm 2 current is set to 6 kA What is the maximum number of opera
311. rent is lagging current is lagging COS cos 0 PF PF Figure 4 9 1 Quadrants of voltage current phasor plane 90 cap ind Reverse capacitive power Forward inductive power current is lagging current is lagging coso cos p PF PF 5 Po ind cap Reverse inductive power Forward capacitive power current is leading current is leading cos coso PF PF Figure 4 9 2 Quadrants of power plane Table of power quadrants Power Current Power cos Power factor quadrant related to direction PF voltage inductive Lagging Forward capacitive Leading Forward inductive Leading Reverse capacitive Lagging Reverse M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 209 4 10 Symmetric components 4 Measurement functions Technical description 4 10 Symmetric components In a three phase system the voltage or current phasors may be divided in symmetric components according C L Fortescue 1918 The symmetric components are e Positive sequence 1 e Negative sequence 2 e Zero sequence 0 Symmetric components are calculated according the following equations s fl 1 ifu S 1 a a V _ where S la ajw So zero sequence component S positive sequence component Im N ll negative sequence component V3 a 12120 2 j Pa a phasor rotating constant U phasor of phase L1 phase current or line to neu
312. ription 3 Supporting functions 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring Measured and recorded values of CT supervisor CTSV Parameter Value Unit Description Measured ILmax A Maximum of phase value currents ILmin A Minimum of phase currents Display Imax gt A Setting values as primary Imin lt values Recorded Date Date of CT supervision Values alarm Time z Time of CT supervision alarm Imax A Maximum phase current Imin A Minimum phase current For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 4 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring The device has a condition monitoring function that supervises the wearing of the circuit breaker The condition monitoring can give alarm for the need of CB maintenance well before the CB condition is critical The CB wear function measures the breaking current of each CB pole separately and then estimates the wearing of the CB accordingly the permissible cycle diagram The breaking current is registered when the trip relay supervised by the circuit breaker failure protection CBFP is activated See chapter 2 26 for CBFP and the setting parameter CBrelay Breaker curve and its approximation The permissible cycle diagram is usually available in the documentation of the CB manufacturer Figure 3 8 1 The diagram specifies the permissible number of cycles for every level of the breaking current This diagram is parameterised to the condit
313. rrent Ir Based on this angle the algo rithm can increase the corresponding faulty elements counter there are six counters The user can set for the stage Ip gt gt gt gt the allowed number of faulty elements e g if set to three elements the fourth fault element will issue the trip signal ee JAR ie 92 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection The fault location is used with internal fused capacitor and filter banks There is no need to use it with fuseless or external fused capacitor and filter banks nor with the reactor banks Setting parameters of capacitor bank unbalance protection lo gt gt gt lo gt gt gt gt 50N 51N Parameter Value Unit Default Description Input To1 Io2 IoCale To2 Current measurement input NOTE Do not use the calculated value which is only for earth fault protection purposes lo gt gt gt 0 01 20 00 pu 0 10 Setting value Jo gt gt gt gt 0 01 20 00 Pu 0 20 Setting value t gt 0 08 300 00 s 0 50 Definite operating Io gt gt gt time 1 00 Io gt gt gt gt CMode Off On Io gt gt gt Off Compensation Off Normal selection Location Io gt gt gt gt SaveBa Get Trigg the phasor recording SetBal 0 010 3 000 pu 0 050 Compensation level S_On On Off i On Start on event
314. rt phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Figure 8 1 1 2 Connections on the rear panel of the VAMP 255 with mA option ee JAR ie 270 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view The feeder and motor manager VAMP 255 with and without the optional analogue outputs is connected to the protected object through the following measuring and control connections Terminal X1 left side No Symbol Description g 1 IL1 S1 Phase current L1 S1 3 g 3 IL2 S1 Phase current L2 S1 5 g 5 IL3 S1 Phase current L3 S1 7 g 7 Io1 1A S1 Residual current Io1 S1 g 9 Io2 5A S1 Residual current Io2 S1 i g 11 Ua See Chapter 4 7 g 13 Ub See Chapter 4 7 13 3 g re g 17 Uc See Chapter 4 7 g U2 Z Terminal X1 right side No Symbol Description Q l2 162 Phase current L1 82 lal 4 1262 Phase current L2 S2 lel 6 8662 Phase current L3 S2 a 8 lol 1AS2 Residual current Io1 S2 10 10 _ 1o2 5A S2 Residual current Io2 S2 40 12 Ua See Chapter 4 7 i4 14 Ub See Chapter 4 7 Ihe H8 i a ig 18 Uc See Chapter 4 7 E 20 a z o en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 271 8 1 Rear panel view 8 Connections Technical d
315. rt time Reset time Reset ratio Typically 60 ms lt 95 ms 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting Starting Peak mode Operate time 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value 5 of the set value or 2 of the rated value Sine wave lt 65 Hz 1 or 30 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Directional intermittent transient earth fault stage lor gt 67NT Input selection for Io peak signal Ip peak pick up level fixed Uo pickup level Definite operating time Intermittent time Start time Reset time Reset ratio hysteresis for Uo Inaccuracy starting time Io Connectors X1 7 amp 8 Io Connectors X1 9 amp 10 0 1 x Ion 50 Hz 10 100 Uon 0 12 300 00 s step 0 02 0 00 300 00 s step 0 02 lt 60 ms lt 60 ms 0 97 3 for Uo No inaccuracy defined for Io transients 1 or 30 ms The actual operation time depends of the intermittent behaviour of the fault and the intermittent time setting VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 eee JAR ie 323 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description 9 3 2 Directional current protection Directional overcurrent stages lair gt and lair gt gt 67 Pick up current 0 10 4 00 x Imone Mode Directional n
316. s Operation delay min setting reduced New CPU card with optional native IEC 61850 Requires VAMPSET 2 2 15 or newer version Older versions of VAMPSET parameter files are not compatible with 10 xx firmware First release with new CPU Older versions of VAMPSET parameter files are not compatible with 10 x firmware Native IEC61850 support including GOOSE added DeviceNET protocol support added UTF 8 support for local HMI panel Russian added RTD Inputs Quick Setup support added for VIO 12Ax EthernetIP added Improvements added to DNP3 0 IEC 60870 5 101 protocols NVRAM event buffer size is user parameter Support for HMS Profibus solution IRIG B003 Polarity added for relays Read write MAC address to from EEPROM with new chip IEC61850 DI counters are reported via deadband calculation SC fault distance added to IEC103 map Uo setting grange of IoDir stages changed from 1 20 to 1 50 New features in IEC 61850 added Outputs vef files with suomi amp russian language packets 100 Mbps option card support ee JAR ie VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 343 VM255 EN024 13 Revision history Technical description 10 67 e Default font sizes changed Io gt gt minimum delay setting changed to 0 05s with 0 01s step Popup window added for language packet init EF items EFDX EFDFph EFctr and EFDFItDist added to IEC103 10 68 e Ethernet IP and DeviceNet identity inf
317. s value For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on Recorded values of the latest eight faults There is detailed information available of the eight latest detected faults Time stamp Uo voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the directional intermittent transient earth fault stage 8 latest faults lor gt 67NT Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit pu Maximum detected earth fault current EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip Uo Max Uo voltage during the fault SetGrp 1 Active setting group during fault 2 eee JAR ie 90 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection 2 16 Capacitor bank unbalance protection The device enables versatile capacitor filter and reactor bank protection with its five current measurement inputs The fifth input is typically useful for unbalance current measurement of a double wye connected unearthed bank Furthermore the unbalance protection is highly sensitive to internal faults of a bank because of the sophisticated natural unbalance compensation However the location method gives the protection a
318. s of a PC based VAMPSET user interface Latest events and indications are in non volatile memory Easy configuration parameterisation and reading of information via local HMI or with a VAMPSET user interface e Easy connection to power plant automation system due toa versatile serial connection and several available communication protocols e Built in self regulating ac dc converter for auxiliary power supply from any source within the range from 40 to 265 VDC or VAC The alternative power supply is for 18 to 36 VDC e Built in disturbance recorder for evaluating all the analogue and digital signals eee JAR ie 44 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 1 Introduction 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques 1 2 Principles of numerical protection techniques The device is fully designed using numerical technology This means that all the signal filtering protection and control functions are implemented through digital processing The numerical technique used in the device is primarily based on an adapted Fast Fourier Transformation FFT In FFT the number of calculations multiplications and additions which are required to filter out the measuring quantities remains reasonable By using synchronized sampling of the measured signal voltage or current and a sample rate according to the 2 series the FFT technique leads to a solution which can be realized with just a 16
319. sage counter Msg l Error counter Errors Timeout counter Tout MODBUS e Modbus addres for this slave device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Modbus bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual EXTERNAL I O protocol This is a Modbus master protocol to communicate with the extension I O modules connected to the extension port Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity Parity Default is Even For details see the technical description part of the manual ee JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 35 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting SPA BUS Several instances of this protocol are possible e SPABUS addres for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Event numbering style Emodel Default is Channel For details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 103 Only one instance of this protocol is possible e Address for this device Addr This address has to be unique within the system e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Minimum measurement response interval MeasInt e ASDU6 response time mode SyncRel For details see the technical description part of t
320. same connection applies for VAMP 255 Both short circuits and earth faults will be detected The outgoing line is one of several parallel lines or the line is feeding a ring network ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 255 7 4 Ring network protection 7 Applications Technical description 7 4 Ring network protection NOTE This kind of protection requires directional overcurrent protection which are only available in VAMP 255 230 LOAD 2 R6 LOAD 3 R LOAD 5 ting_network Figure 7 4 1 Feeder terminals VAMP 255 or 230 used for protection of ring main circuit with one feeding point Ring networks can be protected with complete selectivity using directional overcurrent relays as long as there is only one feeding point in the network Figure 7 4 1 shows an example of a ring main with five nodes using one circuit breaker at each end of each line section e g a ring main unit When there is a short circuit fault in any line section only the faulty section will be disconnected The grading time in this example is 150 ms 7 5 Trip circuit supervision Trip circuit supervision is used to ensure that the wiring from the protective device to a circuit breaker is in order This circuit is unused most of the time but when a protection device detects a fault in the network it is too late to notice
321. se delay The U gt stage has a settable release delay which enables detecting intermittent faults This means that the time counter of the protection function does not reset immediately after the fault is cleared but resets after the release delay has elapsed If the fault appears again before the release delay time has elapsed the delay counter continues from the previous value This means that the function will eventually trip if faults are occurring often enough Configurable hysteresis The dead band is 3 by default It means that an overvoltage fault is regarded as a fault until the voltage drops below 97 of the pick up setting In a sensitive alarm application a smaller hysteresis is needed For example if the pick up setting is about only 2 above the normal voltage level hysteresis must be less than 2 Otherwise the stage will not release after fault Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Figure 2 20 1 shows the functional block diagram of the overvoltage function stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt Setting Hysteresis Release Delay Enable Urs delay events Figure 2 20 1 Block diagram of the three phase overvoltage stages U gt U gt gt and U gt gt gt VAMP E VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 107 2 20 Ov
322. sed connector 12 12 A3 NO Alarm relay 3 normal open connector 13 13 A2 COM Alarm relay 2 common connector 14 14 A2 NC Alarm relay 2 normal closed connector 15 15 A2 NO Alarm relay 2 normal open connector 16 16 IF COM Internal fault relay common connector 17 17 IF NC Internal fault relay normal closed connector 18 18 IF NO Internal fault relay normal open connector ee JAR ie 272 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 1 Rear panel view Terminal X3 Slolol slolalalw r No Symbol Description 1 48V Internal control voltage for digital inputs 1 6 2 DIL Digital input 1 3 DI2 Digital input 2 4 DI3 Digital input 3 5 DI4 Digital input 4 6 DI5 Digital input 5 7 DI6 Digital input 6 8 m 9 A1 COM Alarm relay 1 common connector 10 A1 NO Alarm relay 1 normal open connector 11 A1 NC Alarm relay 1 normal closed connector 12 T2 Trip relay 2 13 T2 Trip relay 2 14 T1 Trip relay 1 15 T1 Trip relay 1 16 17 Uaux Auxiliary voltage 18 Uaux Auxiliary voltage Symbol Description DI7 Digital input 7 DI8 Digital input 8 DI9 Digital input 9 D
323. see 254 7 5 Trip Circuit SUperviSIOn seessessssssseseeesrreessssesrrrrersrssssesree 254 7 5 1 Trip circuit supervision with one digital input 255 7 5 2 Trip circuit supervision with two digital inputs 263 8 Connections sesssidesroirisreiiensersiesreii iii iii 267 8 1 Rear panel VIEW esssessssessessssessrerrressssseerrrreesessssesrreeness 267 8 1 l VAMP 25S ovinsssieieiei catedcsresleiraelpaviademads 267 8 1 2 VAMP 24S rrise a ena 273 81 3 VAMP 230 oreren ae E A EGEE ea ALERE E Ere Eaki 278 8 2 Auxiliary VOlAQE sssseesenneessssesesoseeeessssssesesresesssssserrerrssse 283 8 3 Serial communication CONNECTOTS cccessesseereeeeees 283 8 3 1 Front panel COMME OI Ol 46 ieycestecseticsasetaastatatieanaise 283 8 3 2 Rear panel connector X5 REMOTE 000 284 8 3 3 X4 rear panel connector local RS232 and extension RS485 ports en ccerwicacihoreeneiaemasienenss 288 8 4 Optional two channel arc protection card 289 8 5 Optional digital I O card DI19 DI20 eee 290 8 6 External I O extension Modules sessessessesssseserrsrree 291 8 6 1 External LED module VAM 16D s scsscsseceees 291 8 6 2 External input output module ccccccceeeees 291 8 7 Block diIAdagrAaMsS sssseessessesssssseseseersesssserrseeersssseserrrereese 297 87 he VAMP 25S aneren a i E 297 8 7 2 VAMP 245 visited Gee 299 87a VAMP 230 perii a na EE aera aan 301 8 8 Block diagrams of opt
324. settings less than 0 7 Hz s the fastest possible operation time is limited according the Figure 2 24 2 0 6 ROCOFS_y3 Fastest possible operation time setting s 0 8 I l I I I 0 1 0 2 0 6 071 0 714 0 3 0 4 0 5 Slope setting df dt Hz s Figure 2 24 2 At very sensitive slope settings the fastest possible operation time is limited according the figure Inverse operation time characteristics By setting the second delay parameter tmin smaller than the operational delay t an inverse type of operation time characteristics is achieved Figure 2 24 3 shows three example where the frequency behaviour is the same as in the first figure but the tmin setting is 0 15 s instead of being equal with t The operation time depends of the measured average slope according the following equation m VAP ie 118 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 24 Rate of change of frequency ROCOF protection df dt 81R Equation 2 24 1 a where trrip Resulting operation time seconds SSET df dt i e slope setting hertz seconds tser Operation time setting t seconds s Measured average frequency slope hertz seconds The minimum operation time is always limited by the setting parameter tmin In the example of the fastest operation time 0 15 s is achieved when the slope is 2 Hz s or more The lef
325. sign is for inductive i e lagging current and for capacitive i e leading current Nominal power of the prime mover Used by reverse under power protection See VT Per unit Depending of the context the per unit refers to any nominal value For example for overcurrent setting 1 pu 1xImopz Reactive power Unit var acc IEC Root mean square Apparent power Unit VA Simple Network Time Protocol for LAN and WWW Trip circuit supervision Total harmonic distortion Voltage at input Ue at zero ohm earth fault Used in voltage measurement mode 2LL Uo Voltage input for U12 or U1 depending of the voltage measurement mode Voltage input for U23 or Utz depending of the voltage measurement mode Voltage input for Us or Uo depending of the voltage measurement mode Nominal voltage Rating of VT primary or secondary Coordinated Universal Time used to be called GMT Greenwich Mean Time Voltage transformer i e potential transformer PT Nominal primary value of voltage transformer Nominal secondary value of voltage transformer World wide web internet ee JAR ie 334 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 11 Constructions 11 Constructions Panel mounting VAMP200 Series 190 0 y A yf Semi flush VAMP200 Series oore om Bie Bina bracket __ VYX076 vyxo77 60 vyx233 100 io9 2xvyxi99 181 0 27 0 p Semi f
326. ster s addres MstrAddr For further details see the technical description part of the manual IEC 60870 5 101 e Bit rate bit s Default is 9600 e Parity e Link layer address for this device LLAddr e ASDU address ALAddr For further details see the technical description part of the manual 2 4 9 Single line diagram editing The single line diagram is drawn with the VAMPSET software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx single line diagram 7 bay f OA 0 000A OkW OKvar Figure 2 4 9 1 Single line diagram 2 4 10 Blocking and interlocking configuration The configuration of the blockings and interlockings is done with the VAMPSET software Any start or trip signal can be used for blocking the operation of any protection stage Furthermore the interlocking between objects can be configured in the same blocking matrix of the VAMPSET software For more information please refer to the VAMPSET manual VMV ENOxx M VAMP ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 37 3 VAMPSET PC software Operation and configuration VAMPSET PC software The PC user interface can be used for e On site parameterization of the relay e Loading relay software from a computer e Reading measured values registered values and events toa computer e Continuous monitoring of all values and events Two RS 232 serial ports are available for connecting a local P
327. stics in a table format The value are taken from the figure above The table is edited with VAMPSET under menu BREAKER CURVE Point Interrupted current Number of permitted kA operations 1 0 mechanical age 10000 2 1 25 rated current 10000 3 31 0 maximum breaking current 80 4 100 1 5 100 1 6 100 1 7 100 1 8 100 1 Setting alarm points There are two alarm points available having two setting parameters each e Current The first alarm can be set for example to nominal current of the CB or any application typical current The second alarm can be set for example according a typical fault current e Operations left alarm limit An alarm is activated when there are less operation left at the given current level than this limit Any actual interrupted current will be logarithmically weighted for the two given alarm current levels and the number of operations left at the alarm points is decreased accordingly When the operations left i e the number of remaining operations goes under the given alarm limit an alarm signal is issued to the output matrix Also an event is generated depending on the event enabling ee JAR ie 174 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 8 Circuit breaker condition monitoring Clearing operations left counters After the breaker curve table is filled and the alarm currents a
328. surement ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 297 8 6 External I O extension modules 8 Connections Technical description en SAR ie 298 wn s gt a gt Qo par p Ld lt wu External analog outputs configuration VAMPSET only HoldingR HoldingR VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 Range Description Communication errors 32768 382767 Modbus value corresponding Linked Val Max 0 65535 Modbus value corresponding Linked Val Min InputR or HoldingR Modbus register type 1 9999 Modbus register for the output 1 247 Modbus address of the I O device Maximum limit for lined value corresponding to Modbus Max 0 42x108 21 21x108 Minimum limit for lined value corresponding to Modbus Min Link selection 21x107 Minimum amp maximum output 21x107 values Active value On Off Enabling for measurement VM255 EN024 Technical description 8 Connections 8 7 Block diagrams 8 7 8 7 1 Block diagrams VAMP 255 X6 6 X6 7 X3 1 48V X3 2 DI1 X3 3 DI2 X3 4 DIS X3 5 DI4 X3 6 DIS X3 7 DIG X7 1 DI7 X7 2 DI8 X7 3 DI9 X7 4 DI10 X7 5 D111 X7 6 DI12 X7 7 comm X7 8 D113 X7 9 DI14 X7 1 X7 12 D117 X7 13 D18 X7 14 comi Protection functions 67 50 51 3 gt gt 3I gt
329. t gt 0 10 40 00 x Imon I gt gt gt Definite time function Operating time DT P gt 0 04 1800 00 s step 0 01 s gt gt gt 0 04 300 00 s step 0 01 s Start time Typically 60 ms Reset time lt 95 ms Retardation time lt 50 ms Reset ratio 0 97 Transient over reach any t lt 10 Inaccuracy Starting Operation time 3 of the set value or 5 mA secondary 1 or 25 ms This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Stall protection stage 48 Setting range Motor start detection current Nominal motor start current 1 30 10 00 xImor step 0 01 1 50 10 00 xImor step 0 01 Definite time characteristic operating time 1 0 300 0 s step 0 1 Inverse time characteristic 1 characteristic curve Inv Max allowed start time 1 0 200 0 s step 0 1 Minimum motor stop time to activate 500 ms stall protection Maximum current raise time from 200 ms motor stop to start Motor stopped limit 0 10 x Imor Motor running lower limit 0 20 x Imor Motor running limit after starting 1 20 x Imor Starting time Typically 60 ms Resetting time lt 95 ms Resetting ratio 0 95 Inaccuracy Starting Operating time at definite time function Operating time at IDMT function 3 o
330. t after closing a circuit breaker a given amount of overload can be allowed for a given limited time to take care of concurrent thermostat controlled loads Cold load pick up function does this for example by selecting a more coarse setting group for over current stage s It is also possible to use the cold load detection signal to block any set of protection stages for a given time Inrush current detection Inrush current detection is quite similar with the cold load detection but it does also include a condition for second harmonic relative content of the currents When all phase currents have been less than a given idle value and then at least one of them exceeds a given pick up level within 80 ms and the ratio 2 4 harmonic ratio to fundamental frequency Ip2 In of at least one phase exceeds the given setting the inrush detection signal is activated This signal is available for output matrix and blocking matrix Using virtual outputs of the output matrix setting group control is possible By setting the Pickupf2 parameter for I If to zero the inrush signal will behave equally with the cold load pick up signal Application for inrush current detection The inrush current of transformers usually exceeds the pick up setting of sensitive overcurrent stages and contains a lot of even harmonics Right after closing a circuit breaker the pick up and tripping of sensitive overcurrent stages can be avoided by selecting a more coarse setting
331. t type value Only for ArcI gt stage Flt pu Fault value Load pu Pre fault current Only for ArcI gt stage EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip en JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 139 2 30 Inverse time operation 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 30 Inverse time operation The inverse time operation i e inverse delay minimum time IDMT type of operation is available for several protection functions The common principle formulae and graphic representations of the available inverse delay types are described in this chapter Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the measured real time process values during a fault For example with an overcurrent stage using inverse delay a bigger a fault current gives faster operation The alternative to inverse delay is definite delay With definite delay a preset time is used and the operation time does not depend on the size of a fault Stage specific inverse delay Some protection functions have their own specific type of inverse delay Details of these dedicated inverse delays are described with the appropriate protection function Operation modes There are three operation modes to use the inverse time characteristics e Standard delays Using standard delay characteristics by selecting a curve family IEC IEEE IEEE2 RI and a delay type Normal inverse Very inverse e
332. tand 0 2 A configurable for CT secondaries 0 1 10 0 A 0 2 A for VAMP 255 245 0 1 A for VAMP 230 0 8 A continuously 4 A for 10 s 20 A for 1 s Burden lt 0 1 VA Rated voltage Un 100 V configurable for VT secondaries 50 120 V Voltage measuring range 0 160 V 100 V 110 V Continuous voltage withstand 250 V Burden lt 0 5VA Rated frequency fn 45 65 Hz Terminal block Solid or stranded wire Maximum wire dimension 4 mm 10 12 AWG ee JAR ie 314 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 9 Technical data 9 1 Connections 9 1 2 Auxiliary voltage Type A Type B Voltage range Uaux 40 265 V ac dc 18 86 Vde Note Polarity X3 17 negative X3 18 positive Start up peak DC 110V 15A with time constant of 1ms 220V 25A with time constant of lms Power consumption lt 7 W normal conditions lt 15 W output relays activated Max permitted interruption time gt 50 ms 110 V de Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG 9 1 3 Digital inputs Internal operating voltage Number of inputs 6 Internal operating voltage 48 V de Current drain when active max approx 20 mA Current drain average value lt 1lmA Terminal block Maximum wire dimension Phoenix MVSTBW or equivalent 2 5 mm 13 14 AWG
333. tatus of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout Uo The supervised value relative to Un V3 Uo gt Uo gt gt Pick up value relative to Un V3 Set t gt t gt gt s Definite operation time Set For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 101 2 18 Zero sequence voltage 2 Protection functions Technical description protection U0 gt 59N Recorded values of the latest eight faults There are detailed information available of the eight latest faults Time stamp fault voltage elapsed delay and setting group Recorded values of the residual overvoltage stages Uo gt Uo gt gt 59N Parameter Value Unit Description yyyy mm dd Time stamp of the recording date hh mm ss ms Time stamp time of day Fit Fault voltage relative to Un V3 EDly Elapsed time of the operating time setting 100 trip SetGrp 1 Activ
334. tc See chapter 2 30 e Standard delay formulae with free parameters Selecting a curve family IEC IEEE IEEE2 and defining one s own parameters for the selected delay formula This mode is activated by setting delay type to Parameters and then editing the delay function parameters A E See chapter 2 30 2 e Fully programmable inverse delay characteristics Building the characteristics by setting 16 current time points The relay interpolates the values between given points with 2nd degree polynomials This mode is activated by setting curve family to PrgN There are maximum three different programmable curves available at the same time Each programmed curve can be used by any number of protection stages See chapter 2 30 3 Local panel graph The device will show a graph of the currently used inverse delay on the local panel display Up and down keys can be used for zooming Also the delays at 20xIsrr 4xIsrer and 2xIsrr are shown ee JAR ie 140 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 30 Inverse time operation Inverse time setting error signal If there are any errors in the inverse delay configuration the appropriate protection stage will use definite time delay There is a signal Setting Error available in output matrix which indicates three different situations e Settings are currently changed with VAMPSET or local panel an
335. ted longer than 80ms Now we have a cold load activation which lasts as long as the operation time was set or as long as the current stays above the pick up setting Figure 3 8 1 Functionality of cold load inrush current feature ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 165 3 3 Cold load pick up and inrush 3 Supporting functions Technical description current detection Parameters of the cold load amp inrush detection function Parameter Value Unit Description Note ColdLd 3 Status of cold load detection Start Cold load situation is active Trip Timeout Inrush Status of inrush detection Start Inrush is detected Trip Timeout ILmax A The supervised value Max of IL1 IL2 and IL3 Pickup A Primary scaled pick up value Idle A Primary scaled upper limit for idle current MaxTime s Set Idle xImode Current limit setting for idle Set situation Pickup xImode Pick up setting for minimum Set start current 80 ms Maximum transition time for start recognition Pickupf2 Pick up value for relative Set amount of 274 harmonic Iro Ir For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 4 Set An editable parameter password needed en JAR ie 166 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 4 Voltage sags and swells 3 4 Voltage sags and swells The power quality of electrical networks h
336. that the circuit breaker cannot be tripped because of a broken trip circuitry The digital inputs of the device can be used for trip circuit monitoring The dry digital inputs are most suitable for trip circuit supervision The first six digital inputs of VAMP 200 series relays are not dry and an auxiliary miniature relay is needed if these inputs are used for trip circuit supervision Also the closing circuit can be supervised using the same principle In many applications the optimum digital inputs for trip circuit supervision are the optional inputs DI19 and DI20 They don t share their terminals with any other digital inputs ee SAR ie 256 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 5 1 Trip circuit supervision with one digital input The benefits of this scheme is that only one digital inputs is needed and no extra wiring from the relay to the circuit breaker CB is needed Also supervising a 24 Vdc trip circuit is possible The drawback is that an external resistor is needed to supervise the trip circuit on both CB positions If supervising during the closed position only is enough the resistor is not needed The digital input is connected parallel with the trip contacts Figure 7 5 1 1 The digital input is configured as Normal Closed NC The digital input delay is configured longer than maximum fault time to inhibit any superflu
337. the Trip relays o Forced control 0 or 1 of the Alarm relays o Forced control 0 or 1 of the IF relay The configuration of the output signals to the output relays The configuration of the operation indicators LED Alarm and Trip and application specific alarm leds A B and C that is the output relay matrix en JAR ie VM255 EN023 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 31 2 4 Configuration and parameter 2 Local panel user interface Operation and configuration setting NOTE The amount of Trip and Alarm relays depends on the relay type and optional hardware 2 4 6 Protection menu Prot The following functions can be read and set via the submenus of the Prot menu e Reset all the counters PROTECTION SET CIAII e Read the status of all the protection functions PROTECT STATUS 1 x e Enable and disable protection functions ENABLED STAGES 1 x e Define the interlockings using block matrix only with VAMPSET Each stage of the protection functions can be disabled or enabled individually in the Prot menu When a stage is enabled it will be in operation immediately without a need to reset the relay The relay includes several protection functions However the processor capacity limits the number of protection functions that can be active at the same time 2 4 7 Configuration menu CONF The following functions and features can be read and set via the submenus of the configuration menu DEVICE SETUP e
338. the output matrix lt 5 31 Reclaim state is activated Within the reclaim time any AR request 1 4 will cause final tripping Manual opening Manual CB open command during AR sequence will stop the sequence and leaves the CB open Reclaim time setting Firmware Settings version gt 5 53 Use shot specific reclaim time No Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing AR works exactly like in older firmwares Use shot specific reclaim time Yes Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time only for manual control Reclaim time between different shots is defined by shot specific reclaim time settings lt 5 53 Reclaim time setting defines reclaim time between different shots during sequence and also reclaim time after manual closing en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 229 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description Support for 2 circuit breakers firmware version gt 5 31 AR function can be configured to handle 2 controllable objects Object 1 is always used as CB1 and any other controllable object can be used as CB2 The object selection for CB2 is made with Breaker 2 object setting Switching between the two objects is done with a digital input virtual input or virtual output AR controls CB2 when the input defined by Input for s
339. ting the load When the ratio between negative and positive sequence current exceeds 80 the phase sequence stage starts and trips after ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 100 ms Parameters of the incorrect phase sequence stage l2 gt gt 47 Parameter Value unit Description Measured 12 11 Neg phase seq current pos value phase seq current Recorded SCntr Start counter Start reading values TCntr Trip counter Trip reading Fit Max value of fault current EDly Elapsed time as compared to the set operate time 100 tripping VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 67 2 10 Stall protection Ist gt 48 2 Protection functions Technical description 2 10 Stall protection Is gt 48 The stall protection unit Is gt measures the fundamental frequency component of the phase currents Stage Is gt can be configured for definite time or inverse time operation characteristic The stall protection stage protects the motor against prolonged starts caused by e g a stalled rotor The pick up setting I gt is the current detection level for a motor start While the current has been less than 10 of Imot and then within 200 milliseconds exceeds I gt the stall protection stage starts to count the operation time T according to Equation 2 10 1 The equation is also drawn in Figure 2 10 1 When current drops below 120 x Imot the stall protection stage releases Stall protection is act
340. tion Configurable data model selection of logical nodes corresponding to active application functions Configurable pre defined data sets Supported dynamic data sets created by clients Supported reporting function with buffered and unbuffered Report Control Blocks Supported control model direct with normal security Supported horizontal communication with GOOSE configurable GOOSE publisher data sets configurable filters for GOOSE subscriber inputs GOOSE inputs available in the application logic matrix Additional information can be obtained from the separate documents IEC 61850 conformance statement pdf IEC 61850 Protocol data pdf and Configuration of IEC 61850 interface pdf on our website IEC 61850 main config parameters Parameter Value Unit Description Set Port 0 64000 IP protocol port Set Check Yes No If the checkbox Check Set upper upper addresses is addresses checked the below parameters are also checked and used for addressing when the client is communicating to the device by default this is disabled The below parameters are ACSE association parameters described in the standard part 61850 8 1 AP ID nnn nnn nnn nnn ACSE AP title value Set AE 0 64000 ACSE AE qualifier Qualifier P Selector 0 4200000000 Presentation selector S Selector 0 64000 Session selector T Selector 0 64000 Transport selector IED Name String
341. tion which is probably not recognized On the other hand if the limit U1 lt is high and the voltage has been near this limit and then there is a short but very deep dip it will be recognized Figure 3 5 2 M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 169 3 5 Voltage interruptions 3 Supporting functions Technical description Voltage U A U lt 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 gt Time ms VoltageSag2 Figure 3 5 2 A short voltage interrupt that will be recognized Setting parameters of the voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Unit Default Description Ul lt 10 0 120 0 64 Setting value Period 8h Month Length of the observation Day period Week Month Date Date Time Time Measured and recorded values of voltage sag measurement function Parameter Value Description Measured value Voltage LOW OK Unit Current voltage status U1 Measured positive sequence voltage Recorded values Count Number of voltage sags during the current observation period Prev Number of voltage sags during the previous observation period Total Total summed time of voltage sags during the current observation period Prev Total summed time of voltage sags during the previous observation period For details of setting ranges s
342. tions according Table 3 8 1 The current 6 kA lies between points 2 and 3 in the table That gives value for the index k Using k 2 Cx 10000 Cx 1 80 Ikn 81 kA Ik 1 25kA and the Equation 3 8 2 and Equation 3 8 3 the device calculates 10000 In _ 80 _ 37000 1 5038 In 1250 a 10000 1250 8 454 10 Using Equation 3 8 1 the device gets the number of permitted operations for current 6 kA 6 C 454 10 _ 600015038 Thus the maximum number of current breaking at 6 kA is 945 This can be verified with the original breaker curve in Figure 3 8 1 Indeed the figure shows that at 6 kA the operation count is between 900 and 1000 A useful alarm level for operation left could be in this case for example 50 being about five per cent of the maximum Example of operation counter decrementing when the CB is breaking a current Alarm2 is set to 6 kA CBFP is supervising trip relay T1 and trip signal of an overcurrent stage detecting a two phase fault is connected to this trip relay T1 The interrupted phase currents are 12 5 kA 12 5 kA and 1 5 kA How much are Alarm2 counters decremented Using Equation 3 8 1 and values n and a from the previous example the device gets the number of permitted operation at 10 kA 454 10 10kA E 1250015038 E 313 M VAP ie 176 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 3 Supporting functions 3 8 Circuit breaker condition moni
343. tive when the synchronising conditions are met or the voltage check criterion is met The fail signal is activated if the function fails to close the breaker within the request timeout setting See below the figure object close command gived mimic or bus request go down when actually make only sync request real object close is requested SYNC REQUEST l Li SYNC OK i Synchronizing time if timeout Normal object close operation happen Sync_Fail signal activates Timeout defined in synchrocheck Figure 2 25 1 The principle of the synchrocheck function Please note that the control pulse of the selected object should be long enough For example if the voltages are in opposite direction the synchronising conditions are met after several seconds aaa me Obj close Synchrocheck Object gt CB command i T Sync_Fail signal Object _Fail signal if if sync timeout real object control fail happen Time settings Synchrocheck Max synchronize time seconds Object Max object control pulse len 200ms Figure 2 25 2 The block diagram of the synchrocheck and the controlling object Please note that the wiring of the secondary circuits of voltage transformers to the device terminal depends on the selected voltage measuring mode ee JAR ie 124 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 2 Protection functions 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 Ta
344. tmost curve in Figure 2 24 3 shows the inverse characteristics with the same settings as in Figure 2 24 4 Slope and delay settings 0 5 Hz s 1 Hz s 1 5 Hz s 0 6 0 6 s 05s 04s ROCOF6 v3 0 8 i os 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 Operation time s 0 3 Setting for minimum delay tmin 0 15 s 0 2 0 1 2 3 4 Measured slope df dt Hz s Figure 2 24 3 Three examples of possible inverse dt dt operation time characteristics The slope and operation delay settings define the knee points on the left A common setting for tmin has been used in these three examples This minimum delay parameter defines the knee point positions on the right M VAP ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 119 2 24 Rate of change of frequency 2 Protection functions Technical description ROCOF protection df dt 81R FREQUENCY ROCOF3_v3 Hz me Settings df dt 0 5 Hz s Y t 0 60s lt 4 CA tun 0 15 8 aN TIME 49 7 6 0 00 0 15 0 30 0 45 0 60 TRIP Figure 2 24 4 An example of inverse dt dt operation time The time to trip will be 0 8 s although the setting is 0 6 s because the average slope 1 Hz s Is steeper than the setting value 0 5 Hz s Setting parameters of df dt stage Parameter Value Unit Default Description df dt 0 2 10 0 Hz s 5 0 df dt pick up setting t gt 0 14 10 0
345. toring At alarm level 2 6 kA the corresponding number of operations is calculated according Equation 8 8 4 A C tarma C 945 An A 313 Thus Alarm2 counters for phases L1 and L2 are decremented by 3 In phase L1 the currents is less than the alarm limit current 6 kA For such currents the decrement is one Ai3 1 Local panel parameters of CBWEAR function Parameter Value Unit Description Set CBWEAR STATUS Operations left for AliL1 Alarm 1 phase L1 Al1L2 Alarm 1 phase L2 Al1L3 Alarm 1 phase L3 Al2L1 Alarm 2 phase L1 Al2L2 Alarm 2 phase L2 Al2L3 Alarm 2 phase L3 Latest trip Date Time stamp of the latest time trip operation IL1 A Broken current of phase L1 IL2 A Broken current of phase L2 IL3 A Broken current of phase L3 CBWEAR SET Alarm1 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm1 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm1 limit for operations Set left Alarm2 Current 0 00 100 00 kA Alarm2 current level Set Cycles 100000 1 Alarm2 limit for operations Set left ee JAR i VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 177 3 8 Circuit breaker condition 3 Supporting functions Technical description monitoring Parameter Value Unit Description Set CBWEAR SET2 Al1On On Alarm1 on event enabling Set Off All Off On Alarm 1 off event enabling Set Off Al20On
346. tput connections option Number of analogue mA output channels 4 Maximum output current 1 20 mA step 1 mA Minimum output current 0 19 mA step 1 mA Resolution 12 bits Current step lt 6 uA Inaccuracy 20 uA Response time normal mode lt 400ms fast mode lt 50ms e e e 9 1 10 Arc protection interface option Number of arc sensor inputs 2 9 1 0 Sensor type to be connected VA1DA Operating voltage level 12 Vdc 9 1 1 0 Current drain when active gt 11 9mA toy 5 Current drain range 1 3 31 mA NOTE If the drain is outside the range either sensor or the wiring is defected 9 1 1 0 Number of binary inputs 1 optically isolated Operating voltage level 48 V de Number of binary outputs 1 transistor controlled 9 1 0 Operating voltage level 48 V de NOTE Maximally three arc binary inputs can be connected to one arc binary 9 1 10 output without an external amplifier 9 1 10 9 1 10 9 1 10 9 1 10 9 1 10 9 1 10 ee JAR ie RdsdO VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 317 91 10 9 2 Tests and environmental 9 Technical data Technical description conditions 9 2 Tests and environmental conditions 9 2 1 Disturbance tests Emission EN 50081 1 Conducted EN 55022B 0 15 30 MHz Emitted CISPR 11 30 1 000 MHz Immunity EN 50082 2 Static discharge ESD EN 61000 4 2 class III 6 kV contact discharge 8 kV air discharge Fast transients EFT EN 61000 4 4
347. tral voltage V phasor of phase L2 W phasor of phase L3 In case the voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo i e two line to line voltage are measured the following equation is used instead iN 1 1 a U1 where U 3 1 a U S II Voltage between phases L1 and L2 Voltage between phases L2 and L3 When using line to line voltages any zero sequence voltage can not be calculated 3 II NOTE The zero sequence or residual measurement signals connected to the device are Uo and 3lo However usually the name lo is used instead of the correct name 3lo M VAP ie 210 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 4 Measurement functions 4 10 Symmetric components Example 1 single phase injection Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Injection Ua Ui2 100 V Ub U25 0 U _1 1 a 10020 1 10020 33 U 3 1 a 0 3 10020 133 U1 83 U2 33 U2 U1 100 When using a single phase test device the relative unbalance U2 Ui will always be 100 Example 2 two phase injection with adjustable phase angle Un 100V Voltage measurement mode is 2LL Uo Injection Ua Ui2 100 V 40 Up Uns 100 V3 V 2 150 57 7 V Z 150 U ifi a 10020 100 120 1 32 90 _ 3 1 120 1 432 30 a a 100 432 150 3 100 an 7 paved 3 1 V32 430 19 22 430 U1 38 5 Uz 19 2 UXU 50 Figur
348. unication Odd LLAddr 1 65534 Link layer address Set LLAddrSize 1 2 bytes Size of Link layer address Set ALAddr 1 65534 ASDU address Set ALAddrSiz 1 2 Bytes Size of ASDU address Set e IOAddrSize 2 3 Bytes Information object Set address size 3 octet addresses are created from 2 octet addresses by adding MSB with value 0 COTsize 1 Bytes Cause of transmission size TTFormat Short The parameter Set Full determines time tag format 3 octet time tag or 7 octet time tag MeasForma Scaled The parameter Set t Normalized determines measurement data format normalized value or scaled value DbandEna No Dead band calculation Set Yes enable flag DbandCy 100 10000 ms Dead band calculation Set interval Set An editable parameter password needed External I O Modbus RTU master External Modbus I O devices can be connected to the device using this protocol See chapter 8 6 2 for more information IEC 61850 The relay supports communication using IEC 61850 protocol with native implementation IEC 61850 protocol is available with the optional inbuilt Ethernet port The protocol can be used to read write static data from the relay or to receive events and to receive send GOOSE messages to other relays IEC 61850 serve interface is capable of en VAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 249 6 2 Communication protocols 6 Communication Technical descrip
349. uracy Starting 2 of the set value or 0 3 of the rated value Starting UoCalc 3LN mode 1V Operate time 1 or 150 ms 9 3 5 Frequency protection Overfrequency and underfrequency stages f gt lt and f gt gt lt lt 81H 81L Frequency measuring area 16 0 75 0 Hz Current and voltage meas range 45 0 65 0 Hz Frequency stage setting range 40 0 70 0 Hz Low voltage blocking 10 100 Un Definite time function operating time 0 10 300 0 s step 0 02 s Starting time lt 100 ms Reset time lt 120 ms Reset ratio f gt and f gt gt 0 998 Reset ratio f lt and f lt lt 1 002 Reset ratio LV block Instant no hysteresis Inaccuracy starting 20 mHz starting LV block 3 of the set value or 0 5 V operating time 1 or 30 ms Suitable frequency area for low voltage blocking is 45 65 Hz Low voltage blocking is checking the maximum of line to line voltages This is the instantaneous time i e the minimum total operational time including the fault detection time and operation time of the trip contacts Only in VAMP 255 230 ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 327 9 3 Protection functions 9 Technical data Technical description NOTE f lt if device restarts for some reason there will be no trip even if the frequency is below the set limit during the start up Start and trip is blocked To cancel this block frequency has to visit abov
350. using the definite delay type and setting the delay to its minimum an instantaneous ANSI 50N operation is obtained Using the directional earth fault stages chapter 0 in undirectional mode two more stages with inverse operation time delay are available for undirectional earth fault protection Inverse operation time lo gt stage only Inverse delay means that the operation time depends on the amount the measured current exceeds the pick up setting The bigger the fault current is the faster will be the operation Accomplished inverse delays are available for the Io gt stage The inverse delay types are described in chapter 2 30 The ee JAR ia VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 8 2 14 Earth fault protection 10 gt 2 Protection functions Technical description 50N 51N device will show a scaleable graph of the configured delay on the local panel display Inverse time limitation The maximum measured secondary residual current is 10xIon and maximum measured phase current is 50xIn This limits the scope of inverse curves with high pick up settings See chapter 2 30 for more information Setting groups There are two settings groups available for each stage Switching between setting groups can be controlled by digital inputs virtual inputs mimic display communication logic and manually Parameters of the undirectional earth fault stage lo gt SON 51N
351. uts are ignored and vice versa Object is controlled when a rising edge is detected from the selected input Length of digital input pulse should be at least 60 ms Local Remote selection In Local mode the output relays can be controlled via a local HMI but they cannot be controlled via a remote serial communication interface In Remote mode the output relays cannot be controlled via a local HMI but they can be controlled via a remote serial communication interface The selection of the Local Remote mode is done by using a local HMI or via one selectable digital input The digital input is normally used to change a whole station to a local or remote mode The selection of the L R digital input is done in the Objects menu of the VAMPSET software ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 227 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 5 Control functions Technical description NOTE A password is not required for a remote control operation 5 7 Auto reclose function 79 The auto reclose AR matrix in the following Figure 5 7 1 describes the start and trip signals forwarded to the auto reclose function AR matrix Ready Start delay 9 Dead time Q Discrimination Reclalm time yyy Wait for i pS time i i us y 7 AR request 8 g 5 7 Critical 0 300s 0 30 on Shot1 AR1 In use a 500s 83 ARQ L ise 0 300s 0 300s 0 300s 0 300s PE
352. y other digital inputs ee JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 265 7 5 Trip circuit supervision 7 Applications Technical description V ux 48 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay f k eee ee ee ee e e Trip relay Ne Alarm relay for trip circuit failure trip circuit Failure alarm relay compartment circuit breaker compartment close control A V iux I I I OPEN COIL I I I TCS2Diclosed Figure 7 5 2 1 Trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs The CB is closed The supervised circuitry in this CB position is double lined The digital input 1s in active state when the trip circuit is complete This is applicable tor dry inputs DI7 D20 only ee JAR ie 266 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 VM255 EN024 Technical description 7 Applications 7 5 Trip circuit supervision V ux 48 Vdc 240 Vdc VAMP relay I l Trip relay I H Alarm relay for trip circuit failure trip circuit failure alarm close control I 0r A V aux l i T OPEN COIL I I TCS2Dlopen Figure 7 5 2 2 Trip circuit supervision with two dry digital inputs The CB is in the open position The two digital inputs are now in series Note If for example DI13 and DI7 are used as the upper and lower digital inputs in the Figure 7 5 2 2 the usage of DI8 DI14 is limited to the same circuitry sharing the Vaux in the co
353. y stages f gt lt f gt lt gt lt f lt f lt lt 81H 81L Parameter Value Unit Description Note Status Current status of the stage Blocked Start F Trip F SCntr Cumulative start counter C TCntr Cumulative trip counter C SetGrp lor 2 Active setting group Set SGrpDI Digital signal to select the Set active setting group None DIx Digital input VIx Virtual input LEDx LED indicator signal VOx Virtual output Force Off Force flag for status forcing for Set On test purposes This is a common flag for all stages and output relays too Automatically reset by a 5 minute timeout f Hz The supervised value Hz Pick up value fX Over under stage f gt lt See fXX Mode Set f lt Over under stage f gt lt gt lt f lt lt Under stage f lt Under stage f lt lt s Definite operation time tX f gt lt stage tXX f gt lt gt lt stage Set t lt f lt stage t lt lt f lt lt stage Mode Operation mode only for f gt lt and f gt lt gt lt Set gt Overfrequency mode lt Underfrequency mode LVblck Un_ Low limit for self blocking This is a common setting for Set all four stages For details of setting ranges see chapter 9 3 Set An editable parameter password needed C Can be cleared to zero F Editable when force flag is on en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 115 2 24 Rate of change of frequency 2 Protection functions Technical description ROCOF
354. z Measured frequency values difference dU Un deg Measured voltage amplitude and phase angle difference UState Voltage status e g DD SState Synchrocheck status ReqTime Request time status fv Hz Measured frequency reference side fy Hz Measured frequency comparison side U12 Un Measured voltage reference side Ul12y Un Measured voltage comparison side Recorded ReqCntr Request counter values SyncCntr Synchronising counter FailCntr Fail counter fv Hz Recorded frequency reference side fy Hz Recorded frequency comparison side U12 Un Recorded voltage reference side U12y Un Recorded voltage comparison side dAng Deg Recorded phase angle difference when close command is given from the function dAngC Deg Recorded phase angle difference when the circuit breaker actually closes EDly The elapsed time compared to the set request timeout setting 100 timeout 1 Please note that the labels parameter names change according to the voltage selection en JAR ie VM255 EN024 VAMP 24h support phone 358 0 20 753 3264 123 2 25 Synchrocheck protection 25 2 Protection functions Technical description The following signals of the both stages are available in the output matrix and the logic Request OK and Fail The request signal is active when a request has received but the breaker is not yet closed The OK signal is ac

VAMP 230, 245, 255 manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents